nanatusita-patimokkha.tex.org

#+TITLE: Ñāṇatusita's Pātimokkha
#+author: SBS Saṅgha
#+format: LaTeX
#+startup: fold
#+auto-tangle: t
#+url: https://github.com/sasanarakkha/nanatusita-patimokkha

* TODO
** DONE Harmoonize patimokkha abbreivations and devise a way to line break longer lines
** DONE Add references to post-patimokkha chants
** TODO Add english translation - GPT, Bhante Aggacitta?
** DONE switch italics in pubbakicca endnotes
** DONE abbreviatiosn need attention

* Table of Contents :toc:
- [[#todo][TODO]]
  - [[#harmoonize-patimokkha-abbreivations-and-devise-a-way-to-line-break-longer-lines][Harmoonize patimokkha abbreivations and devise a way to line break longer lines]]
  - [[#add-references-to-post-patimokkha-chants][Add references to post-patimokkha chants]]
  - [[#add-english-translation---gpt-bhante-aggacitta][Add english translation - GPT, Bhante Aggacitta?]]
  - [[#switch-italics-in-pubbakicca-endnotes][switch italics in pubbakicca endnotes]]
  - [[#abbreviatiosn-need-attention][abbreviatiosn need attention]]
- [[#title-page][Title Page]]
- [[#copyright][Copyright]]
- [[#abbreviations][Abbreviations]]
- [[#pāli][Pāli]]
  - [[#covertitle][Cover/Title]]
  - [[#pubbakicca][Pubbakicca]]
  - [[#nidānuddesa][Nidān'uddesa]]
  - [[#pārājikuddesa][Pārājik'uddesa]]
  - [[#saṅghādisesuddesa][Saṅghādises'uddesa]]
  - [[#aniyatuddesa][Aniyat'uddesa]]
  - [[#nissaggiyapācittiyā][Nissaggiyapācittiyā]]
  - [[#pācittiyā][Pācittiyā]]
  - [[#pāṭidesanīyā][Pāṭidesanīyā]]
  - [[#sekhiyā][Sekhiyā]]
  - [[#adhikaraṇasamathā][Adhikaraṇasamathā]]
  - [[#pātimokkhaniṭṭhāna][Pātimokkhaniṭṭhāna]]
- [[#english][English]]
  - [[#covertitle-1][Cover/Title]]
  - [[#preliminary-duties][Preliminary Duties]]
  - [[#the-recitation-of-the-introduction][The Recitation of the Introduction]]
  - [[#disqualifications][Disqualifications]]
  - [[#cases-concering-the-community][Cases Concering the Community]]
  - [[#uncertain-cases][Uncertain Cases]]
  - [[#forfeiture-and-expiations][Forfeiture and Expiations]]
  - [[#expiations][Expiations]]
  - [[#acknowledgments][Acknowledgments]]
  - [[#trainings][Trainings]]
  - [[#settlements-of-legal-issues][Settlements of Legal Issues]]
  - [[#disciplinary-code-conclusion][Disciplinary Code Conclusion]]
- [[#post-pātimokkha-recitations][Post-Pātimokkha Recitations]]
  - [[#covertitle-2][Cover/Title]]
  - [[#pubbabhāga][Pubbabhāga]]
  - [[#pubbabhāga---english][Pubbabhāga - English]]
  - [[#sīluddesa-pāṭha][Sīl'uddesa-pāṭha]]
  - [[#sīluddesa-pāṭha---englsih][Sīl'uddesa-pāṭha - Englsih]]
  - [[#tāyana-gatha][Tāyana-gatha]]
  - [[#tāyana-gatha---english][Tāyana-gatha - English]]
  - [[#ovāda-pāṭimokkha-gāthā][Ovāda-pāṭimokkha-gāthā]]
  - [[#ovāda-pāṭimokkha-gāthā---english][Ovāda-pāṭimokkha-gāthā - English]]
- [[#appendix][Appendix]]
  - [[#covertitle-3][Cover/Title]]
  - [[#in-brief][In Brief]]
  - [[#burmese-pubbakicca][Burmese Pubbakicca]]
  - [[#sri-kaḷyāṇi-yogāshrama-saṁsṭhāva-pubbakicca][Sri Kaḷyāṇi Yogāshrama Saṁsṭhāva Pubbakicca]]
- [[#copyright-details][Copyright Details]]

* Title Page

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/titlepage.tex

\cleartorecto
\thispagestyle{empty}

\ifafiveversion\vspace*{3em}\fi
\ifninebythirteenversion\vspace*{1.5em}\fi

{\centering

  \settowidth{\titleLength}{%
    {\Large\chapterTitleFont\textsc{\MakeUppercase{{Bhikkhupātimokkha}}}}%
  }

  % 'SBS' on title page
  \ifafiveversion {\Huge\fontsize{64}{16}\sbsFont SBS}\\[1.0\baselineskip] \fi
  \ifninebythirteenversion {\Huge\fontsize{42.5}{11}\sbsFont SBS}\\[1.0\baselineskip] \fi

  % 'Monk Training Centre'
  \ifafiveversion \setlength{\xheight}{\heightof{X}}
    {\Huge\chapterTitleFont\textsc{{\thesubtitle\linebreak}}}\\[0.2\baselineskip] \fi
  \ifninebythirteenversion {\fontsize{16}{12}\chapterTitleFont\textsc{{\thesubtitle\linebreak}}}\\[0.1\baselineskip] \fi

  % Ornament
  \ifafiveversion \raisebox{0.5\xheight}{\pgfornament[color=sbs-brown,width=7cm,scale=1,ydelta=0pt,symmetry=c]{84}}\\[1.4\baselineskip] \fi
  \ifninebythirteenversion \raisebox{0.5\xheight}{\pgfornament[color=sbs-brown,width=4.5cm,scale=1,ydelta=0pt,symmetry=c]{84}}\\[1.25\baselineskip] \fi

  % 'Pali-English Recitations'
  \ifafiveversion {\Large\scshape Bhikkhupātimokkha}\\[2.0\baselineskip] \fi
  \ifninebythirteenversion {\fontsize{10}{12}\scshape Bhikkhupātimokkha}\\[1.8\baselineskip] \fi

  % Dhamma quote
  {\quote ``The Blessed One who knows and sees, accomplished and fully enlightened, has prescribed the course of training for bhikkhus and he has laid down the Pātimokkha. On the Uposatha day as many of us as live in dependence upon a single village district meet together in unison, and when we meet we ask one who knows the Pātimokkha to recite it. If a bhikkhu remembers an offence or a transgression while the Pātimokkha is being recited, we make him act in accordance with the Dhamma, in accordance with the instructions. It is not the worthy ones that make us act; it is the Dhamma that makes us act.''\\}

  \ifafiveversion \medskip MN 108\\[1.4\baselineskip]\fi
  \ifninebythirteenversion \smallskip \fontsize{8}{14}\selectfont MN 108\\[1.4\baselineskip]\fi

}

#+end_src

* Copyright

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/copyright.tex

\cleartoverso
\thispagestyle{empty}

{%

	\ifafiveversion \fontsize{10}{16}\selectfont \fi
	\ifninebythirteenversion \fontsize{7.5}{11}\selectfont \fi
	\centering
	\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
	% \setlength{\parskip}{0.8\baselineskip}%

	\ifafiveversion \vspace{0.5cm} \fi
	\ifninebythirteenversion \vspace{0.15cm} \fi

	Published by \publisher\\

	ISBN \theISBN\\
	Copyright \copyright\ Sāsanārakkha Buddhist Sanctuary 2025

	\ifafiveversion \vspace{0.5cm} \fi
	\ifninebythirteenversion \vspace{0.25cm} \fi

	This book is for free distribution only;\\
	it may not be sold.

	\ifafiveversion \vspace{0.5cm} \fi
	\ifninebythirteenversion \vspace{0.25cm} \fi

	Download this book as a PDF, EPUB, or MOBI\\
	at the following address:\\
	\href{https://sasanarakkha.org/}{https://sasanarakkha.org}

	Accompanying audio recordings can be found at: 
	\href{www.youtube.com/SasanarakkhaBuddhistSanctuary}{www.youtube.com/SasanarakkhaBuddhistSanctuary}

	\ifafiveversion \vspace{0.5cm} \fi
	\ifninebythirteenversion \vspace{0.25cm} \fi

	Project Manager: Ā. Ariyadhammika\\
	Editor/Typesetting: Ā. Pāladhammika\\
	Translators: Aj. Ṭhānissaro, Ā. Ñāṇatusita\\
	Endnotes: Aj. Ṭhānissaro, Ā. Ñāṇatusita\\
	Illustrations: Lim Jee Yuan

	\ifafiveversion \vspace{0.5cm} \fi
	\ifninebythirteenversion \vspace{0.25cm} \fi

	This work is licensed under a Creative Commons\\
	Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International~License.

	Produced with the \LaTeX\ typesetting system,\\
	set in Libertinus Serif.

	\ifafiveversion  \vspace{0.5cm} \fi
	\ifninebythirteenversion \vspace{0.25cm} \fi

	\ifdigitalversion
		This version was created on:\\
		\today \space at \currenttime\\
	\fi

	\ifafiveversion \vspace{0.5cm} \fi
	\ifninebythirteenversion \vspace{0.15cm} \fi

	\theEditionInfo

}

#+end_src

* Abbreviations

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/abbreviations.tex

\chapter{Abbreviations}
\label{abbreviations}

{\raggedright

For a full explanation of these abbreviations, please see Ñāṇatusita's \textit{Analysis of the Pātimokkha.}

\smallskip

Be - Burmese Edition (Burmese Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana)\\
BhPm - Bhikkhupātimokkhaṁ, a 1875 Sinhla script edition based on Siyam manuscripts\\
C - National Museum Library Manuscript 6 E 9. No. 10 in De Silva’s Catalogue\\
Ce - Ceylon Edition (Buddha Jayanti Tipiṭaka Series)\\
D - The Pātimokkha, a text based on the manuscripts found at the Malwatta Vihāra\\
Dhp - Dhammapada
Dm - Dve Mātikāpāḷi\\
Ee - European edition (Pāli Text Society P.T.S.), Oxford\\
G - Gannoruwa Rājamahāvihāra Manuscript\\
Kkh - Kaṅkhāvitaraṇī\\
MJG - Mahā-jaya-maṅgala-gāthā (Sri Lanka)
MN - Majjhima Nikāya
Mi Se - Royal Thai edition\\
Mm Se - Mahā Makuṭ Academy Siamese edition\\
Ñd - Ñāṇadassana's Bhikkhu-Pātimokkhaṁ\\
Mv - Mahāvagga (Vinaya-piṭaka)\\
P - Perādeniya University Library manuscript\\
Pg - Bhikkhupātimokkhagaṇṭhidīpanī\\
Ra - Ratanārthasudanī-namvu-bhikṣubhikṣuṇī-prātimokṣa-varṇanāva\\
SK - Sri Kaḷyāṇa Yogāshrama Saṃsṭhāva\\
SN - Saṁyutta Nikāya
SVibh/Vibh - Suttavibhaṅga\\
Sanne - Bhikṣuprātimokṣa-padartha\\
TP - The Pātimokkha by K. R. Norman and W. Pruitt\\
UP - Ubhaya Pratimokṣaya\\
Um - Ubhayamātikāpāḷi\\
V - Siamese Braḥ Pāṭimokkhaṃ manuscript in the Viyayasundarārāmaya vihāra\\
W - Watärakapansala manuscript\\

}

#+end_src

* Pāli
** Cover/Title

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pubbakicca.tex

\chapterOpeningPage{appendix-compressed.jpg}

\chapter{Bhikkhupātimokkha - Pāli}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Pubbakicca

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pubbakicca.tex

\section{Pubbakicca}
\label{pubbakicca}

\linkdest{endnote13-body}
\begin{intro}
	Okāsaṁ me bhante thero detu pāṭimokkhaṁ uddesituṁ.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote13-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote13-body}{}{\pagenote{%
				\hypertarget{endnote13-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote13-body}{This introduction is found in the Thai edition of the Pātimokkha.}}}}}\makeatother\\
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Saṅghatthera: Karomi āyasmato okāsaṁ. \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{intro}

Uposathakaraṇato pubbe navavidhaṁ pubbakiccaṁ kātabbaṁ hoti:

Taṇ'ṭhāna-sammajjanañ'ca; tattha padīp'ujjalanañ'ca; āsana-paññapanañ'ca; pānīyaparibhojanīy'ūpaṭṭhapanañ'ca; chand'ārahānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ chand'āharaṇañ'ca; tesaññ'eva akat'uposathānaṁ pārisuddhiyā'pi āharaṇañ'ca; utu'kkhānañ'ca; bhikkhugaṇanā ca; bhikkhunīnam'ovādo cā'ti.

\linkdest{endnote1-body}
Tattha purimesu catūsu kiccesu padīpakiccaṁ idāni suriy'ālokassa atthitāya n'atthi, aparāni tīṇi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote1-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote1-body}{}{\pagenote{%
			\hypertarget{endnote1-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote1-body}{If the recitation is held at night, change: \textit{``Tattha purimesu catūsu kiccesu padīpa-kiccaṁ idāni suriy'ālokassa atthitāya n'atthi. Aparāni tīṇi''} to \textit{``Tattha purimāni cattāri''} (``Of the first four...'')}}}}}\makeatother
\linkdest{endnote2-body}
bhikkhūnaṁ vattaṁ jānantehi bhikkhūhi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote2-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote2-body}{}{\pagenote{%
			\hypertarget{endnote2-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote2-body}{If sāmaṇeras help with the tasks, change: \textit{``bhikkhūhi''} to \textit{``sāmaṇerehi'pi bhikkhūhi'pi''} (``Novices and bhikkhus...'') If laypeople living in the monastery help with the tasks, change to: \textit{``ārāmikehi'pi bhikkhūhi'pi''} (``Monastery dwellers and bhikkhus...'')}}}}}\makeatother
\linkdest{endnote2-body}
katāni pariniṭṭhitāni honti.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote3-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote3-body}{}{\pagenote{%
			\hypertarget{endnote3-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote3-body}{If there are bhikkhus outside of hatthapāsa but within the sīmā (territory) who have sent their consent and purity, then for a recitation during the day, the entire passage within brackets should be: \textit{``Tattha purimesu chasu kiccesu padīpa-kiccaṁ idāni suriy'ālokassa atthitāya n'atthi. Aparāni pañca bhikkhūnaṁ vattaṁ jānantehi bhikkhūhi katāni pariniṭṭhitāni honti.''} For a recitation at night in the same situation, the entire passage should be: \textit{``Tattha purimāni cha bhikkhūnaṁ vattaṁ jānantehi katāni pariniṭṭhitāni honti''}.}}}}}\makeatother

Chand'āharaṇa pārisuddhi-āharaṇāni pana imissaṁ sīmāyaṁ hatthapāsaṁ vijahitvā nisinnānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ abhāvato n'atthi.

Utu'kkhānaṁ nāma ettakaṁ atikkantaṁ ettakaṁ avasiṭṭhan'ti; evaṁ utu-ācikkhanaṁ. Utūn'īdha pana sāsane hemanta-gimha-vassānānaṁ vasena tīṇi honti.

\linkdest{endnote4-body}
Ayaṁ hemanto'tu\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote4-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote4-body}{}{\pagenote{%
			\hypertarget{endnote4-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote4-body}{During the hot season, change: \textit{``hemanto'tu''} to \textit{``gimho'tu''} and during the rainy season: ``vassāno'tu''.}}}}}\makeatother
\linkdest{endnote5-body}
asmiñ'ca utumhi aṭṭha uposathā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote5-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote5-body}{}{\pagenote{%
			\hypertarget{endnote5-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote5-body}{During a normal rainy season, change to: \textit{``aṭṭha uposathā''} to \textit{``sattā ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā''} (``Seven uposathas and one pavāraṇā.'') During a hot or cold season with an additional month, change to: \textit{``adhikamāsa-vasena dasa uposathā''} (``Because of the additional month, ten uposathās...''.) During a rainy season with an additional month, change to: \textit{``adhikamāsa-vasena nava ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā''} (``Because of the additional month, nine uposathas and one pavāraṇā...''.)}}}}}\makeatother
\linkdest{endnote6-body}
iminā pakkhena: eko uposatho sampatto, dve uposathā atikkantā, pañca uposathā avasiṭṭhā.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote6-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote6-body}{}{\pagenote{%
			\hypertarget{endnote6-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote6-body}{This is the calculation for the third uposatha in a normal hot or cold season. The calculation for other dates — to be stated after ``iminā pakkhena eko uposatho sampatto'' — is as follows:\\
					During a normal hot or cold season:\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}First: \textit{satta uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Second: \textit{eko uposatho atikkanto, cha uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Third: \textit{dve uposathā atikkantā, pañca uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Fourth: \textit{tayo uposathā atikkantā, cattāro uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Fifth: \textit{cattāro uposathā atikkantā, tayo uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Sixth: \textit{pañca uposathā atikkantā, dve uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Seventh: \textit{cha uposathā atikkantā, eko uposatho avasiṭṭho.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Eighth: \textit{satta uposathā atikkantā, aṭṭha uposathā paripuṇṇā.}\\
					\smallskip
					During a normal rainy season:\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}First: \textit{cha ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Second: \textit{eko uposatho atikkanto, pañca ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Third: \textit{dve uposathā atikkantā, cattāro ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Fourth: \textit{tayo uposathā atikkantā, tayo ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Fifth: \textit{cattāro uposathā atikkantā, dve ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Sixth: (see the separate section on the Pavāraṇā.)\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Seventh: \textit{pañca ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā atikkantā, eko uposatho avasiṭṭho.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Eighth: \textit{cha ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā atikkantā, satta ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā paripuṇṇā.}\smallskip \\
					During a hot or cold season with an additional month:\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}First: \textit{nava uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Second: \textit{eko uposatho atikkanto, aṭṭha uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Third: \textit{dve uposathā atikkantā, satta uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Fourth: \textit{tayo uposathā atikkantā, cha uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Fifth: \textit{cattāro uposathā atikkantā, pañca uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Sixth: \textit{pañca uposathā atikkantā, cattāro uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Seventh: \textit{cha uposathā atikkantā, tayo uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Eighth: \textit{satta uposathā atikkantā, dve uposathā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Ninth: \textit{aṭṭha uposathā atikkantā, eko uposatho avasiṭṭho.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Tenth: \textit{nava uposathā atikkantā, dasa uposathā paripuṇṇā.}\\
					\smallskip
					During a rainy season with an additional month:\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}First: \textit{aṭṭha ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Second: \textit{eko uposatho atikkanto, satta ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Third: \textit{dve uposathā atikkantā, cha ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Fourth: \textit{tayo uposathā atikkantā, pañca ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Fifth: \textit{cattāro uposathā atikkantā, cattāro ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Sixth: \textit{pañca uposathā atikkantā, tayo ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Seventh: \textit{cha uposathā atikkantā, dve ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā avasiṭṭhā.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Eighth: (see the separate section on the Pavāraṇā.)\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Ninth: \textit{satta ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā atikkantā, eko uposatho avasiṭṭho.}\\
					\hspace*{0.5em}Tenth: \textit{aṭṭha ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā atikkantā, nava ca uposathā ekā ca pavāraṇā paripuṇṇā.}}}}}}\makeatother \thickspace
Iti evaṁ sabbehi āyasmantehi utu'kkhānaṁ dhāretabbaṁ.

\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Everyone: ``Evaṁ bhante/āvuso'' \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}
% TODO gpt for wrapping text with \textit{}
\linkdest{endnote7-body}
Bhikkhugaṇanā nāma imasmiṁ uposath'agge uposath'atthāya sannipatitā bhikkhū ettakā'ti, bhikkhūnaṁ gaṇanā. Imasmiṁ pana uposath'agge cattāro\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote7-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote7-body}{}{\pagenote{%
			\hypertarget{endnote7-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote7-body}{\textit{Cattāro} = four. This should be replaced with the actual number of bhikkhus present. 5 pañca 6 cha 7 satta 8 aṭṭha 9 nava 10 dasa 11 ekādasa 12 dvādasa, bārasa 13 terasa, teḷasa 14 catuddasa, cuddasa
					15 paṇṇarasa, pañcadasa 16 soḷasa 17 sattarasa 18 aṭṭhārasa, aṭṭhādasa 19 ekūnavīsati 20 vīsati, vīsa 21 ekavīsati 22 dvāvīsati, dvāvīsa, dvevīsati, bāvīsati, bāvīsa 23 tevīsati 24 catuvīsati 25 pañcavīsati 26 chabbīsati 27 sattavīsati 28 aṭṭhavīsati 29 ekūnatiṁsa 30 tiṁsa, samatiṁsa, tiṁsati 31 ekatiṁsa, ekattiṁsa 32 dvattiṁsa 33 tettiṁsa 34 catuttiṁsa 35 pañcattiṁsa 36 chattiṁsa 37 sattattiṁsa 38 aṭṭhattiṁsa 39 ekūnacattāḷīsa40 cattāḷīsa, cattārīsa 41 ekacattāḷīsa 42 dvacattāḷīsa, dvecattāḷīsa, dvicattāḷīsa 43 tecattāḷīsa 44 catucattāḷīsa 45 pañcacattāḷīsa 46 chacattāḷīsa 47 sattacattāḷīsa 48 aṭṭhacattāḷīsa 49 ekūnapaññāsa 50 paññāsa 51 ekapaññāsa 52 dvapaññāsa, dvepaññāsa, dvipaññāsa 53 tepaññāsa 54 catupaññāsa 55 pañcapaññāsa 56 chapaññāsa 57 sattapaññāsa 58 aṭṭhapaññāsa 59 ekūnasaṭṭhī 60 saṭṭhī, saṭṭhi 61 ekasaṭṭhī 62 dvāsaṭṭhī, dvesaṭṭhī, dvisaṭṭhī 63 tesaṭṭhī 64 catusaṭṭhī 65 pañcasaṭṭhī 66 chasaṭṭhī 67 sattasaṭṭhī 68 aṭṭhasaṭṭhī 69 ekūnasattati 70 sattati 71 ekasattati 72 dvasattati, dvāsattati, dvesattati, dvisattati 73 tesattati 74 catusattati 75 pañcasattati 76 chasattati 77 sattasattati 78 aṭṭhasattati 79 ekūnāsīti 80 asīti 81 ekāsīti 82 dvāsīti 83 tayāsīti 84 caturāsīti 85 pañcāsīti 86 chaḷāsīti 87 sattāsīti 88 aṭṭhāsīti 89 ekūnanavuti 90 navuti 91 ekanavuti 92 dvanavuti, dvenavuti 93 tenavuti 94 catunavuti 95 pañcanavuti 96 chanavuti 97 sattanavuti 98 aṭṭhanavuti 99 ekūnasataṁ 100 bhikkhusataṁ 101 ekuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 102 dvayuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 103 tayuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 104 catuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 105 pañcuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 106 chaḷuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 107 sattuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 108 aṭṭhuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 109 navuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 110 dasuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 120 vīsuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 130 tiṁsuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 140 cattāḷīsuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 150 paññāsuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 160 saṭṭhayuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 170 sattatyuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 180 asītyuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 190 navutyuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 199 ekūnasatuttara-bhikkhusataṁ 200 dve bhikkhu-satāni 201 ekuttarāni dve bhikkhu-satāni 300 tayo bhikkhu-satāni 400 cattāro bhikkhu-satāni 500 pañca bhikkhu-satāni
					\smallskip
					All numbers ending with \textit{``bhikkhusataṁ''} should be followed by \textit{``sannipatitaṁ hoti''}.
					\smallskip
					All numbers ending with \textit{``bhikkhusatāni''} should be followed by \textit{``sannipatitā honti''}.}}}}}\makeatother \thickspace
bhikkhū sannipatitā honti. \ifafiveversion\\\fi Iti sabbehi āyasmantehi bhikkhugaṇanā'pi dhāretabbā.

\ifafiveversion
\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Everyone: ``Evaṁ bhante/āvuso'' \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}
\fi

\ifninebythirteenversion
\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Everyone: ``Evaṁ bhante/āvuso'' \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}
\fi

\ifafiveversion\clearpage\fi

Bhikkhunīnam'ovādo pana samīpe tāsaṁ n'atthitāya n'atthi.

Iti sakaraṇ'okāsānaṁ pubbakiccānaṁ katattā nikkaraṇ'okāsānaṁ pubbakiccānaṁ pakatiyā pariniṭṭhitattā evan'taṁ navavidhaṁ pubbakiccaṁ pariniṭṭhitaṁ hoti.

Niṭṭhite ca pubbakicce: Sace so divaso cātuddasī-paṇṇarasī-sāmaggīnam'aññataro yath'ājja uposatho paṇṇaraso/cātuddaso/sāmaggo.

\ifafiveversion\begin{enumerate}\fi
\ifninebythirteenversion\begin{packedenumerate}\fi
	\item Yāvatikā ca bhikkhū kammappattā saṅghuposath'ārahā cattāro vā tato vā atirekā pakatattā pārājikaṁ anāpannā saṅghena vā anukkhittā.
	\item Te ca kho hatthapāsaṁ avijahitvā ekasīmāyaṁ ṭhitā.
	\item Tesañ'ca vikālabhojan'ādi-vasena-vatthu-sabhāg'āpattiyo ce na vijjanti.
	\item Tesañ'ca hatthapāse hatthapāsato bahikaraṇavasena vajjetabbo koci vajjanīyapuggalo ce n'atthi.
\ifafiveversion\end{enumerate}\fi
\ifninebythirteenversion\end{packedenumerate}\fi

Evan'taṁ uposathakammaṁ imehi catūhi lakkhaṇehi saṅgahitaṁ pattakallaṁ nāma hoti, kātuṁ yuttarūpaṁ.

Uposathakammassa pattakallattaṁ viditvā idāni kariyamāno uposatho saṅghena anumānetabbo.


\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Everyone: ``Sādhu bhante/āvuso'' \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}

\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Saṅghatthera: Pubbakaraṇa-pubbakiccāni samāpetvā, imassa nisinnassa bhikkhusaṅghassa anumatiyā pāṭimokkhaṁ uddesituṁ ajjhesanaṁ karomi. \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Nidān'uddesa

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nidan'uddesa.tex

\section{Nidān'uddesa}
\label{nidan'uddesa}

\ifninebythirteenversion\vspace{0.2em}\fi
\ifafiveversion\vspace{0.2em}\fi

\linkdest{endnote14-body}
\linkdest{endnote15-body}
Suṇātu me bhante/āvuso saṅgho, ajj'uposatho paṇṇaraso/cātuddaso/sāmaggo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote15-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote15-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote15-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote15-body}{In brackets in Mi Se. Dm, Mv Ee, W: \textit{pannaraso}. Not in SVibh Ce: ...\textit{me saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa}}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho uposathaṁ kareyya pātimokkhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote14-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote14-body}{}{\pagenote{%

		\hypertarget{endnote14-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote14-body}{G, Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{pāṭi-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uddiseyya.

Kiṁ saṅghassa pubbakiccaṁ?

\linkdest{endnote16-body}
Pārisuddhiṁ āyasmanto ārocetha. Pātimokkhaṁ uddisissāmi. Taṁ sabb'eva santā sādhukaṁ suṇoma manasikaroma. Yassa siyā āpatti, so āvikareyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote16-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote16-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote16-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote16-body}{V, Ce Mv, Ra: \textit{āvīkareyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace. Asantiyā āpattiyā, tuṇhī bhavitabbaṁ. Tuṇhībhāvena kho pan'āyasmante parisuddhā'ti vedissāmi.

\linkdest{endnote17-body}
\linkdest{endnote18-body}
\linkdest{endnote19-body}
\linkdest{endnote20-body}
\linkdest{endnote21-body}
\linkdest{endnote22-body}
\linkdest{endnote23-body}
\linkdest{endnote24-body}
Yathā kho pana paccekapuṭṭhassa veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti, evam'evaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote17-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote17-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote17-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote17-body}{D, G, V, W, Dm, Ce Mv, Ra, Mi Se, BhPm 1 \& 2, Pg, Ee Kkh: \textit{evam-evaṁ}, Mv Ee: \textit{evaṁ eva}. Mm Se: \textit{evaṁ evaṁ}. UP, Um, Be Mv v.l \& Mi Se v.l.: \textit{evam-eva}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace evarūpāya parisāya yāvatatiyaṁ anussāvitaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote18-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote18-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote18-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote18-body}{C, D, G, V, W, Dm, Ce Mv, Ra, BhPm 1 \& 2, Um, UP, Pg: \textit{anusāvitaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace hoti. Yo pana bhikkhu yāvatatiyaṁ anussāviyamāne\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote19-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote19-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote19-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote19-body}{C, D, G, V, W, Dm, Ce Mv, Ra, BhPm 1 \& 2, Um, UP, Pg: \textit{anusāviyamāne}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saramāno santiṁ āpattiṁ n'āvikareyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote20-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote20-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote20-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote20-body}{V, Ce Mv, G, Ra: \textit{nāvīkareyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace  sampajānamusāvād'assa hoti. Sampajānamusāvādo kho pan'āyasmanto antarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā. Tasmā saramānena bhikkhunā āpannena visuddh'āpekkhena santī āpatti\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote21-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote21-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote21-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote21-body}{C, G, V, W, BhPm 2, UP, Um: \textit{santi āpatti}. Ra: \textit{santī āpattī}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace  āvikātabbā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote22-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote22-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote22-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote22-body}{V, Ce Mv, Ra: \textit{āvīkātabbā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āvikatā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote23-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote23-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote23-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote23-body}{V, Ce Mv, Ra: \textit{āvīkatā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace hi'ssa phāsu hoti.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote24-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote24-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote24-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote24-body}{C, D, G, V, W, Mi \& Mm Se, BhPm 1 \& 2. Other eds: \textit{hotī ti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

\linkdest{endnote8-body}
\begin{center}
  Uddiṭṭhaṁ kho āyasmanto nidānaṁ.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote8-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote8-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote8-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote8-body}{This can be skipped since it doesn't occur in the Canon. The Nidāna can instead be concluded with \textit{Nidānaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ}.''}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

  \ifninebythirteenversion\clearpage\fi

  Tatth'āyasmante pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
  Dutiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
  Tatiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?

  \smallskip

\linkdest{endnote25-body}
  Parisuddh'etth'āyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam'etaṁ dhārayāmi.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote25-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote25-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote25-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote25-body}{C, D, G, V, W, Mi \& Mm Se. Dm, UP, Ra, Um: \textit{dhārayāmī ti}. (So in the conclusions of the offence sections of SVibh Ce \& SVibh Ee, but this can not be regarded as a v.l. It is the normal way the SVibh presents its material as there is no Nidāna in the SVibh and therefore no conclusion. In the Nidāna conclusion C reads \textit{dhārayāmi}, but in the other sections \textit{dhārayāmī ti}, however, in the other sections the latter reading is clearly a later correction as the ti has been written over the \textit{kuṇḍaliya} [serpent-like] paragraph markers [¢] and the i stroke has been changed to ī.) BhPm 1 \& 2: \textit{dhārayāmi iti}. The whole Nidāna :w
             conclusion (from \textit{uddiṭṭhaṁ} to \textit{dhārayāmi}) is not found in Mm Se.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

\linkdest{endnote9-body}
\begin{outro}
  Nidānaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote9-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote9-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote9-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote9-body}{Not in any edition or manuscript, but if a conclusion is to be recited then this one as given in the Parivāra would be the suitable one.\\
			When reciting in brief use: Nidān'uddeso niṭṭhito.\\
  Mm Se, D, V, W, P. UP, Um, Ñd \& Mi Se: \textit{Nidānuddeso paṭhamo}. BhPm 1
\& 2, C, G, Ra: \textit{Nidānuddeso}. Dm: \textit{Nidānaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ}. }}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Pārājik'uddesa
*** Pārājika 1: Methunadhammasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/parajika.tex

\section{Pārājik'uddesa}
\label{par}

\linkdest{endnote26-body}
\begin{intro}
	Tatr'ime\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote26-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote26-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote26-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote26-body}{V, BhPm 2: \textit{tatrīme} (BhPm 2 gives \textit{tatrime} as v.l.).}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace cattāro pārājikā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.
\end{intro}

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsubsectionFmtalt}
\pdfbookmark[2]{Pārājika 1}{par1}
\subsection*{\hyperref[disq1]{Pārājika 1: Methunadhammasikkhāpada}}
\label{par1}

\linkdest{endnote27-body}
\linkdest{endnote28-body}
\linkdest{endnote29-body}
\linkdest{endnote30-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote27-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote27-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote27-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote27-body}{V: \textit{bhikkhūna-sikkhā-}}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno sikkhaṁ appaccakkhāya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote28-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote28-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote28-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote28-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ce, Ra, UP, SVibh Ee, Mi Se, BhPm 1 \& 2, Pg: \textit{apaccakkhāya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dubbalyaṁ anāvikatvā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote29-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote29-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote29-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote29-body}{V, SVibh Ce, Um, Ra: \textit{anāvīkatvā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭiseveyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote30-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote30-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote30-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote30-body}{C, W, UP, Um, BhPm 1 \& 2, Ra, Pg: \textit{patiseveyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace antamaso tiracchānagatāya'pi; pārājiko hoti, asaṁvāso.

#+end_src

*** Pārājika 2: Adinn'ādānasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/parajika.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Pārājika 2}{par2}
\subsection*{\hyperref[disq2]{Pārājika 2: Adinn'ādānasikkhāpada}}
\label{par2}

\linkdest{endnote31-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyeyya, yathārūpe adinn'ādāne rājāno coraṁ gahetvā haneyyuṁ vā bandheyyuṁ vā pabbājeyyuṁ vā: ``Coro'si, bālo'si, mūḷho'si,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote31-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote31-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote31-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote-body}{Mm Se, BhPm 1, V: \textit{muḷho}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace theno'sī'ti,'' tathārūpaṁ bhikkhu adinnaṁ ādiyamāno; ayam'pi pārājiko hoti, asaṁvāso.

#+end_src

*** Pārājika 3: Manussaviggahasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/parajika.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Pārājika 3}{par3}
\subsection*{\hyperref[disq3]{Pārājika 3: Manussaviggahasikkhāpada}}
\label{par3}

\linkdest{endnote32-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṁ jīvitā voropeyya, satthahārakaṁ vā'ssa pariyeseyya, maraṇavaṇṇaṁ vā saṁvaṇṇeyya, maraṇāya vā samādapeyya: ``Ambho purisa, kiṁ tuyh'iminā pāpakena dujjīvitena? Matan'te\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote-body}{Dm: \textit{mataṁ te}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace jīvitā seyyo'ti!'', iti cittamano cittasaṅkappo anekapariyāyena maraṇavaṇṇaṁ vā saṁvaṇṇeyya, maraṇāya vā samādapeyya; ayam'pi pārājiko hoti, asaṁvāso.

#+end_src

*** Pārājika 4: Uttarimanussadhammasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/parajika.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Pārājika 4}{par4}
\subsection*{\hyperref[disq4]{Pārājika 4: Uttarimanussadhammasikkhāpada}}

\label{par4}

\linkdest{endnote33-body}
\linkdest{endnote34-body}
\linkdest{endnote35-body}
\linkdest{endnote36-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu anabhijānaṁ uttarimanussadhammaṁ att'ūpanāyikaṁ alam'ariyañāṇadassanaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote33-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote33-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote33-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote33-body}{G: \textit{-dassaṇaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace samudācareyya: ``Iti jānāmi, iti passāmī'ti!'', tato aparena samayena samanuggāhiyamāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote34-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote34-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote34-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote34-body}{Dm: \textit{-ggahīya-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace  vā asamanuggāhiyamāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote35-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote35-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote35-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote35-body}{Dm: \textit{-ggahīya-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace  vā āpanno visuddh'āpekkho evaṁ vadeyya: ``Ajānam'ev'āhaṁ āvuso\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote36-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote36-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote36-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote36-body}{C, D, W, Dm, Mi Se, BhPm 1 \& 2, Um, Ra: \textit{ajānamevaṁ āvuso}. SVibh Ee, UP, Mm Se: \textit{ajānaṁ evaṁ āvuso}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace  avacaṁ: 'Jānāmi!' apassaṁ: 'Passāmi!' Tucchaṁ musā vilapin'ti'', aññatra adhimānā, ayam'pi pārājiko hoti, asaṁvāso.

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/parajika.tex

\ifafiveversion \clearpage \else \medskip \fi

\begin{center}
	Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto cattāro pārājikā dhammā. Yesaṁ bhikkhu aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā āpajjitvā na labhati bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ. Yathā pure, tathā pacchā, pārājiko hoti, asaṁvāso.

	\smallskip

	Tatth'āyasmante pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Dutiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Tatiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?

	\smallskip

	Parisuddh'etth'āyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam'etaṁ dhārayāmi.
\end{center}

\linkdest{endnote10-body}
\linkdest{endnote37-body}
\begin{outro}
	Cattāro pārājkā dhammā niṭṭhitā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote10-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote10-body}{}{\pagenote{%
				\hypertarget{endnote10-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote10-body}{Not in any edition or manuscript, but if a conclusion is to be recited then this one as given in the Parivāra would be the suitable one.\\
						When reciting in brief use: \textit{pārājik'uddeso niṭṭhito}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote37-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote37-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote37-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote37-body}{Dm: \textit{Pārājikaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ}. Ñd Ce, UP, Um, Mi Se: \textit{Pārājikuddeso dutiyo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Saṅghādises'uddesa
*** Saṅghādisesa 1: Sukkavissaṭṭhisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\setsecheadstyle{\sectionFmt}
\section{Saṅghādises'uddesa}
\label{sd}

\begin{intro}
	Ime kho pan'āyasmanto terasa saṅghādisesā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.
\end{intro}

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 1}{sd1}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm1]{Saṅghādisesa 1: Sukkavissaṭṭhisikkhāpada}}

\label{sd1}

\linkdest{endnote38-body}
Sañcetanikā sukkavisaṭṭhi,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote38-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote38-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote38-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote38-body}{C, G, V, W, Dm, Um, UP, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Pg, Ra, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee: visaṭṭhi. Mm \& Mi Se: vissaṭṭhi.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace aññatra supinantā, saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 2: Kāyasaṁsaggasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 2}{sd2}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm2]{Saṅghādisesa 2: Kāyasaṁsaggasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd2}

\linkdest{endnote39-body}
\linkdest{endnote40-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmena saddhiṁ kāyasaṁsaggaṁ samāpajjeyya, hatthagāhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote39-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote39-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote39-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote39-body}{Dm: \textit{hatthaggāhaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā veṇigāhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote40-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote40-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote40-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote40-body}{Dm: veṇiggāhaṁ. (Pg: \textit{venigāhaṁ}).}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā aññatarassa vā aññatarassa vā aṅgassa parāmasanaṁ, saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 3: Duṭṭhullavācāsikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 3}{sd3}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm3]{Saṅghādisesa 3: Duṭṭhullavācāsikkhāpada}}
\label{sd3}

\linkdest{endnote41-body}
\linkdest{endnote42-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmaṁ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāseyya, yathā taṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote41-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote41-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote41-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote41-body}{All printed eds, except Mi Se, Um, Ra: \textit{yathā taṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace yuvā yuvatiṁ, methun'ūpasaṁhitāhi,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote42-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote42-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote42-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote42-body}{Dm, SVibh Ee: \textit{-upa-}. Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{-sañhitāhi}, all other eds. \textit{-saṁhitāhi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 4: Attakāmapāricariyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 4}{sd4}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm4]{Saṅghādisesa 4: Attakāmapāricariyasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd4}

\linkdest{endnote43-body}
\linkdest{endnote44-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmassa santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāseyya: ``Etad'aggaṁ bhagini pāricariyānaṁ yā mādisaṁ sīlavantaṁ kalyāṇadhammaṁ brahmacāriṁ etena dhammena paricareyyā'ti,''\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote-body}{Mm Se: \textit{pāri-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace methun'ūpasaṁhitena,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote-body}{Dm, SVibh Ee: \textit{methunupasaṁhitena}. Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{-ūpasañhitena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 5: Sañcarittasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 5}{sd5}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm5]{Saṅghādisesa 5: Sañcarittasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd5}

\linkdest{endnote45-body}
\linkdest{endnote46-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu sañcarittaṁ samāpajjeyya, itthiyā vā purisamatiṁ purisassa vā itthimatiṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote45-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote45-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote45-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote45-body}{Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{itthī-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace jāyattane vā jārattane vā, antamaso taṁkhaṇikāya'pi,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote46-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote46-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote46-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote46-body}{Be \& Se SVibh: \textit{taṅkhaṇikāya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 6: Kuṭikārasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 6}{sd6}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm6]{Saṅghādisesa 6: Kuṭikārasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd6}

\linkdest{endnote47-body}
\linkdest{endnote48-body}
\linkdest{endnote49-body}
\linkdest{endnote50-body}
\linkdest{endnote51-body}
\linkdest{endnote52-body}
\linkdest{endnote53-body}
\linkdest{endnote54-body}
Saññācikāya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote47-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote47-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote47-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote47-body}{C, D, W: \textit{saṁyācikaya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pana bhikkhunā kuṭiṁ kārayamānena assāmikaṁ att'uddesaṁ, pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatr'idaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote48-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote48-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote48-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote48-body}{V: \textit{tatrīdaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pamāṇaṁ: dīghaso dvādasa vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā tiriyaṁ satt'antarā. Bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāya. Tehi bhikkhūhi vatthuṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote49-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote49-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote49-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote49-body}{Dm, Um: \textit{vatthu} (So UP in Sd 7).}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace desetabbaṁ anārambhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote50-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote50-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote50-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote50-body}{SVibh Be v.l.: \textit{anārabbhaṁ}. UP (sīhala) v.l. \textit{anārabhaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saparikkamanaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote51-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote51-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote51-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote51-body}{Ra, Um, Pg: \textit{-kamaṇaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace. Sārambhe\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote52-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote52-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote52-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote52-body}{SVibh Be v.l.: \textit{sārabbhe}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṁ aparikkamane\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote53-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote53-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote53-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote53-body}{Ra, Pg: \textit{-kamaṇe}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saññācikāya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote54-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote54-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote54-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote54-body}{C, D, W: \textit{saṁyācikaya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kuṭiṁ kāreyya, bhikkhū vā anabhineyya vatthudesanāya, pamāṇaṁ vā atikkāmeyya, saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 7: Vihārakārasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 7}{sd7}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm7]{Saṅghādisesa 7: Vihārakārasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd7}

\linkdest{endnote55-body}
\linkdest{endnote56-body}
\linkdest{endnote57-body}
\linkdest{endnote58-body}
Mahallakaṁ pana\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote55-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote55-body}{}{\pagenote{%
	  \hypertarget{endnote55-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote55-body}{Mi Se, G, V: \textit{mahallakam-pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā vihāraṁ kārayamānena sassāmikaṁ att'uddesaṁ bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāya. Tehi bhikkhūhi vatthuṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote56-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote56-body}{}{\pagenote{%
	  \hypertarget{endnote56-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote56-body}{Dm, UP, Um: \textit{vatthu}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace desetabbaṁ anārambhaṁ saparikkamanaṁ.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote57-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote57-body}{}{\pagenote{%
	  \hypertarget{endnote57-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote57-body}{Ra: \textit{-kamaṇaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Sārambhe ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṁ aparikkamane\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote58-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote58-body}{}{\pagenote{%
	  \hypertarget{endnote58-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote58-body}{Ra: \textit{-kamaṇe}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace mahallakaṁ vihāraṁ kāreyya, bhikkhū vā anabhineyya vatthudesanāya, saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 8: Duṭṭhadosasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 8}{sd8}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm8]{Saṅghādisesa 8: Duṭṭhadosasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd8}

\linkdest{endnote59-body}
\linkdest{endnote60-body}
\linkdest{endnote61-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ duṭṭho doso appatīto amūlakena pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṁseyya: ``App'eva nāma naṁ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyyan'ti,'' tato aparena samayena samanuggāhiyamāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote59-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote59-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote59-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote59-body}{Dm: \textit{-ggahīya-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā asamanuggāhiyamāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote60-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote60-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote60-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote60-body}{Dm: \textit{-ggahīya-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā, amūlakañ'c'eva\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote-body}{G: \textit{amūlakaṁ c'eva}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taṁ adhikaraṇaṁ hoti, bhikkhu ca dosaṁ patiṭṭhāti, saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 9: Aññabhāgiyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 9}{sd9}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm9]{Saṅghādisesa 9: Aññabhāgiyasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd9}

\linkdest{endnote62-body}
\linkdest{endnote63-body}
\linkdest{endnote64-body}
\linkdest{endnote65-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ duṭṭho doso appatīto aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kiñci desaṁ lesamattaṁ upādāya pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṁseyya: ``App'eva nāma naṁ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyyan'ti,'' tato aparena samayena samanuggāhiyamāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote62-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote62-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote62-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote62-body}{Dm: \textit{-ggahīya-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā asamanuggāhiyamāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote63-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote63-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote63-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote63-body}{Dm: \textit{-ggahīya-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā, aññabhāgiyañ'c'eva\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote64-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote64-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote64-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote64-body}{Ra: \textit{aññabhāgiyaṁ ceva}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taṁ adhikaraṇaṁ hoti, koci deso lesamatto upādinno,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote65-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote65-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote65-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote65-body}{Um, G, V: \textit{upādiṇṇo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhu ca dosaṁ patiṭṭhāti, saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 10: Saṅghabhedasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 10}{sd10}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm10]{Saṅghādisesa 10: Saṅghabhedasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd10}

\linkdest{endnote66-body}
\linkdest{endnote67-body}
\linkdest{endnote68-body}
\linkdest{endnote69-body}
\linkdest{endnote70-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu samaggassa saṅghassa bhedāya parakkameyya, bhedanasaṁvattanikaṁ vā adhikaraṇaṁ samādāya paggayha tiṭṭheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam'assa vacanīyo:\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote66-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote66-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote66-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote66-body}{V: \textit{vacaniyo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Mā āyasmā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote67-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote67-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote67-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote67-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{māyasmā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace samaggassa saṅghassa bhedāya parakkami\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote68-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote68-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote68-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote68-body}{Ra: \textit{parakkamī}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhedanasaṁvattanikaṁ vā adhikaraṇaṁ samādāya paggayha aṭṭhāsi. Samet'āyasmā saṅghena, samaggo hi saṅgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ek'uddeso phāsu viharatī'ti'', evañ'ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tath'eva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya, yāvatatiyañ'ce samanubhāsiyamāno taṁ paṭinissajeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote69-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote69-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote69-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote69-body}{D, W, SVibh Ce (but has \textit{-nissajjeyya} in Pāc 68), Other eds: \textit{-nissajjeyya}. C reads \textit{-nissajjeyya} here but \textit{-nissajeyya} in Sd 12–13
and Pāc 68.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace icc'etaṁ kusalaṁ, no ce paṭinissajeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote70-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote70-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote70-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote70-body}{D, W, SVibh Ce (but has \textit{-nissajjeyya} in Pāc 68), Other eds: \textit{-nissajjeyya}. C reads \textit{-nissajjeyya} here but \textit{-nissajeyya} in Sd 12–13
and Pāc 68.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 11: Bhed'ānuvattakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 11}{sd11}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm11]{Saṅghādisesa 11: Bhed'ānuvattakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd11}

\linkdest{endnote71-body}
\linkdest{endnote72-body}
\linkdest{endnote73-body}
\linkdest{endnote74-body}
\linkdest{endnote75-body}
\linkdest{endnote76-body}
\linkdest{endnote77-body}
\linkdest{endnote78-body}
\linkdest{endnote79-body}
\linkdest{endnote80-body}
Tass'eva kho pana bhikkhussa bhikkhū honti anuvattakā vaggavādakā, eko vā dve vā tayo vā, te evaṁ vadeyyuṁ: ``Mā āyasmanto\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote71-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote71-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote71-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote71-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{māyasmanto}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace etaṁ bhikkhuṁ kiñci avacuttha, dhammavādī c'eso bhikkhu, vinayavādī c'eso bhikkhu, amhākañ'c'eso\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote72-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote72-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote72-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote72-body}{SVibh Ce, Um, W: \textit{amhākaṁ c'eso}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhu, chandañ'ca ruciñ'ca ādāya voharati, jānāti no bhāsati, amhākam'p'etaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote73-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote73-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote73-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote73-body}{C, D, W: \textit{amhākaṁ p'etaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace khamatī'ti,'' te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi evam'assu vacanīyā:\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote74-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote74-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote74-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote74-body}{V: \textit{vacaniyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Mā āyasmanto\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote75-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote75-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote75-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote75-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{māyasmanto}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace evaṁ avacuttha. Na c'eso bhikkhu dhammavādī, na c'eso bhikkhu vinayavādī. Mā āyasmantānam'pi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote76-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote76-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote76-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote76-body}{Dm, UP: \textit{māyasmantānam-pi}, Um: \textit{māyasmantānaṁ pi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saṅghabhedo ruccittha.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote77-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote77-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote77-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote77-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, D, C, G, V, W: \textit{rucittha} (= BhPm 1 \& 2 v.l.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Samet'āyasmantānaṁ saṅghena, samaggo hi saṅgho sammodamāno avivadamāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote78-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote78-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote78-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote78-body}{G: \textit{avivādamāno}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ek'uddeso phāsu viharatī'ti,'' evañ'ca te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā tath'eva paggaṇheyyuṁ, te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya, yāvatatiyañ'ce samanubhāsiyamānā taṁ paṭinissajeyyuṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote79-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote79-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote79-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote79-body}{SVibh Ce, C, D, W. Other eds: \textit{paṭinissajjeyyuṁ}. Cf Sd 11.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace icc'etaṁ kusalaṁ, no ce paṭinissajeyyuṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote80-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote80-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote80-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote80-body}{SVibh Ce, C, D, W. Other eds: \textit{paṭinissajjeyyuṁ}. Cf Sd 11.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 12: Dubbacasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 12}{sd12}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm12]{Saṅghādisesa 12: Dubbacasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd12}

\linkdest{endnote81-body}
\linkdest{endnote82-body}
\linkdest{endnote83-body}
\linkdest{endnote84-body}
\linkdest{endnote85-body}
\linkdest{endnote86-body}
\linkdest{endnote87-body}
\linkdest{endnote88-body}
Bhikkhu pan'eva dubbacajātiko hoti, uddesapariyāpannesu sikkhāpadesu bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno attānaṁ avacanīyaṁ karoti: ``Mā maṁ āyasmanto kiñci avacuttha, kalyāṇaṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā, aham'p'āyasmante na kiñci vakkhāmi, kalyāṇaṁ vā pāpakaṁ vā. Viramath'āyasmanto mama vacanāyā'ti'', so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam'assa vacanīyo:\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote81-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote81-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote81-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote81-body}{V: \textit{vacaniyo}. (Not so \textit{avacanīyaṁ} and \textit{vacanīyaṁ} below.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Mā āyasmā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote82-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote82-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote82-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote82-body}{See Sd 10.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace attānaṁ avacanīyaṁ akāsi. Vacanīyam'ev'āyasmā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote83-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote83-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote83-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote83-body}{SVibh Ee, Mm Se, BhPm 2, D: ...\textit{vacanīyaṁ eva āyasmā}.'' V: ...\textit{vacanīyameva āyasmā}.''}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace attānaṁ karotu. Āyasmā'pi bhikkhū vadetu\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote84-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote84-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote84-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote84-body}{Dm, Be Sp, Um: vadatu.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saha dhammena,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote85-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote85-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote85-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote85-body}{All printed editions, except Ra and BhPm 1 \& 2: \textit{sahadhammena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhū'pi āyasmantaṁ vakkhanti saha dhammena. Evaṁ saṁvaddhā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote86-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote86-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote86-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote86-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, Um: \textit{-vaḍḍhā}. All printed editions: \textit{evaṁ saṁvaddhā}. Mi \& Mm Se, G, V, Um: \textit{-vaḍḍhā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace hi tassa bhagavato parisā, yad'idaṁ aññam'aññavacanena aññam'aññavuṭṭhāpanenā'ti,'' evañ'ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tath'eva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya, yāvatatiyañ'ce samanubhāsiyamāno taṁ paṭinissajeyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote87-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote87-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote87-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote87-body}{D, W, SVibh Ce (but has \textit{-nissajjeyya} in Pāc 68), Other eds.: \textit{-nissajjeyya}. C reads \textit{-nissajjeyya} here but \textit{-nissajeyya} in Sd 12–13
and Pāc 68.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace icc'etaṁ kusalaṁ, no ce paṭinissajeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote88-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote88-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote88-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote88-body}{D, W, SVibh Ce (but has \textit{-nissajjeyya} in Pāc 68), Other eds.: \textit{-nissajjeyya}. C reads \textit{-nissajjeyya} here but \textit{-nissajeyya} in Sd 12–13
and Pāc 68.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Saṅghādisesa 13: Kuladūsakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Saṅghādisesa 13}{sd13}
\subsection*{\hyperref[comm13]{Saṅghādisesa 13: Kuladūsakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sd13}

\linkdest{endnote89-body}
\linkdest{endnote90-body}
\linkdest{endnote91-body}
\linkdest{endnote92-body}
\linkdest{endnote93-body}
\linkdest{endnote94-body}
\linkdest{endnote95-body}
\linkdest{endnote96-body}
\linkdest{endnote97-body}
\linkdest{endnote98-body}
\linkdest{endnote99-body}
\linkdest{endnote100-body}
\linkdest{endnote101-body}
\linkdest{endnote102-body}
Bhikkhu pan'eva aññataraṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati kuladūsako pāpasamācāro. Tassa kho pāpakā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote89-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote89-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote89-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote89-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, V, W, Ra: \textit{tassa pāpakā}...}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace samācārā dissanti c'eva suyyanti\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote90-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote90-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote90-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote90-body}{C, D, W: \textit{sūyanti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ca, kulāni ca tena duṭṭhāni dissanti c'eva suyyanti\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote91-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote91-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote91-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote91-body}{C, D, W: \textit{sūyanti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ca, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam'assa vacanīyo:\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote92-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote92-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote92-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote92-body}{ V: \textit{vacaniyo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Āyasmā kho kuladūsako pāpasamācāro. Āyasmato kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti c'eva suyyanti\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote93-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote93-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote93-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote93-body}{C, D, W: \textit{sūyanti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ca, kulāni c'āyasmatā duṭṭhāni dissanti c'eva suyyanti\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote94-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote94-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote94-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote94-body}{C, D, W: \textit{sūyanti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ca. Pakkamat'āyasmā imamhā āvāsā. Alaṁ te\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote95-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote95-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote95-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote95-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, BhPm 1 \& 2, C, G, V, W, Um, Ra: \textit{alan-te}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace idha vāsenā'ti,''\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote96-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote96-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote96-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote96-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, Um, SVibh Ee: \textit{idhavāsenā ti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace evañ'ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno te bhikkhū evaṁ vadeyya: ``Chandagāmino ca bhikkhū, dosagāmino ca bhikkhū, mohagāmino ca bhikkhū, bhayagāmino ca bhikkhū, tādisikāya āpattiyā ekaccaṁ pabbājenti, ekaccaṁ na pabbājentī'ti,'' so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam'assa vacanīyo: ``Mā āyasmā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote97-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote97-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote97-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote97-body}{See Sd 10.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace evaṁ avaca, na ca bhikkhū chandagāmino, na ca bhikkhū dosagāmino, na ca bhikkhū mohagāmino, na ca bhikkhū bhayagāmino. Āyasmā kho kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, āyasmato kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti c'eva suyyanti\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote98-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote98-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote98-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote98-body}{C, D, W: \textit{sūyanti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ca, kulāni c'āyasmatā duṭṭhāni dissanti c'eva suyyanti\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote99-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote99-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote99-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote99-body}{C, D, W: \textit{sūyanti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ca. Pakkamat'āyasmā imamhā āvāsā. Alaṁ te\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote100-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote100-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote100-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote100-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, BhPm 1 \& 2, C, G, V, W, Um, Ra: \textit{alan-te}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace idha vāsenā'ti,'' evañ'ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tath'eva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya, yāvatatiyañ'ce samanubhāsiyamāno taṁ paṭinissajeyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote101-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote101-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote101-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote101-body}{D, W, SVibh Ce (but has \textit{-nissajjeyya} in Pāc 68), Other eds: \textit{-nissajjeyya}. C reads \textit{-nissajjeyya} here but \textit{-nissajeyya} in Sd 12–13 and Pāc 68.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace icc'etaṁ kusalaṁ, no ce paṭinissajeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote102-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote102-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote102-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote102-body}{D, W, SVibh Ce (but has \textit{-nissajjeyya} in Pāc 68), Other eds: \textit{-nissajjeyya}. C reads \textit{-nissajjeyya} here but \textit{-nissajeyya} in Sd 12–13 and Pāc 68.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saṅghādiseso.

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sanghadisesa.tex

\medskip

\linkdest{endnote103-body}
\linkdest{endnote104-body}
\linkdest{endnote105-body}
\linkdest{endnote106-body}
\linkdest{endnote107-body}
\linkdest{endnote108-body}
\linkdest{endnote109-body}
\linkdest{endnote110-body}
\linkdest{endnote111-body}
\begin{center}
	Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto terasa saṅghādisesā dhammā, nava paṭham'āpattikā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote103-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote103-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote103-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote103-body}{V: \textit{patham-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace cattāro yāvatatiyakā. Yesaṁ bhikkhu aññataraṁ vā aññataraṁ vā āpajjitvā, yāvat'ihaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote104-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote104-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote104-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote104-body}{Be, UP, G, V: \textit{yāvatīhaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace jānaṁ paṭicchādeti, tāvat'ihaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote105-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote105-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote105-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote105-body}{Be, UP, G, V: \textit{tāvatīhaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tena bhikkhunā akāmā parivatthabbaṁ.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote106-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote106-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote106-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote106-body}{V: \textit{parivaṭṭhabbaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Parivutthaparivāsena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote107-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote107-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote107-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote107-body}{V: \textit{parivuṭṭha-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote108-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote108-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote108-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote108-body}{Dm, SVibh Ce, Um: \textit{uttari}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace chārattaṁ bhikkhumānattāya paṭipajjitabbaṁ. Ciṇṇamānatto bhikkhu, yattha siyā vīsatigaṇo bhikkhusaṅgho,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote109-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote109-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote109-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote109-body}{BhPm 1, C, V, W: \textit{-saṁgho}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tattha so bhikkhu\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote110-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote110-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote110-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote110-body}{Mi v.l.: bhikkhu \textit{bhikkhūhi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace abbhetabbo. Ekena'pi ce ūno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote111-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote111-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote111-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote111-body}{V, Bh Pm 2 (syāma) v.l: \textit{ono}. Um, G: \textit{ūṇo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vīsatigaṇo bhikkhusaṅgho taṁ bhikkhuṁ abbheyya, so ca bhikkhu anabbhito, te ca bhikkhū gārayhā. Ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

	\smallskip

	Tatth'āyasmante pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Dutiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Tatiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?

	\smallskip

	Parisuddh'etth'āyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam'etaṁ dhārayāmi.
\end{center}

\linkdest{endnote11-body}
\linkdest{endnote113-body}
\begin{outro}
	Terasa saṅghādisesā dhammā niṭṭhitā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote11-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote11-body}{}{\pagenote{%
				\hypertarget{endnote11-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote11-body}{Not in any edition or manuscript, but if a conclusion is to be recited then this one as given in the Parivāra would be the suitable one. When reciting in brief use: \textit{Saṅghādises'uddeso niṭṭhito}.}}}}}\makeatother
        \end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Aniyat'uddesa
*** Aniyata 1: Paṭhama-aniyatasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/aniyata.tex

\section{Aniyat'uddesa}
\label{aniy}

\begin{intro}
	Ime kho pan'āyasmanto dve aniyatā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.
\end{intro}

\pdfbookmark[2]{Aniyata 1}{aniy1}
\subsection*{\hyperref[unc1]{Aniyata 1: Paṭhama-aniyatasikkhāpada}}
\label{aniy1}

\linkdest{endnote114-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṁ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṅ'kammaniye\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote114-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote114-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote114-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote114-body}{C, SVibh Ee: \textit{alaṁkammaṇiye}. Dm, Um, Mm Se, V, W: \textit{alaṁkammaniye}. UP, G, BhPm 1 \& 2, Ra: \textit{alaṁ kammaniye}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace nisajjaṁ kappeyya, tam'enaṁ saddheyyavacasā upāsikā disvā tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ aññatarena vadeyya: pārājikena vā saṅghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā, nisajjaṁ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ aññatarena kāretabbo: pārājikena vā saṅghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā, yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya, tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo, ayaṁ dhammo aniyato.

#+end_src

*** Aniyata 2: Dutiya-aniyatasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/aniyata.tex

\pdfbookmark[2]{Aniyata 2}{aniy2}
\subsection*{\hyperref[unc2]{Aniyata 2: Dutiya-aniyatasikkhāpada}}
\label{aniy2}

\linkdest{endnote115-body}
Na h'eva kho pana paṭicchannaṁ āsanaṁ hoti n'ālaṅ'kammaniyaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote115-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote115-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote115-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote115-body}{SVibh Ee: \textit{-kammaṇiyaṁ}. Mm Se, BhPm 1–2, C, D, G, V, W, Um, Ra, SVibh Ee: \textit{nālaṁ kammaniyaṁ}. UP, BhPm 1 \& 2, Ra: \textit{nālaṁ kammanīyaṁ}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace alañ'ca kho hoti mātugāmaṁ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsituṁ. Yo pana bhikkhu tathārūpe āsane mātugāmena saddhiṁ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṁ kappeyya, tam'enaṁ saddheyyavacasā upāsikā disvā dvinnaṁ dhammānaṁ aññatarena vadeyya saṅghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā, nisajjaṁ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno dvinnaṁ dhammānaṁ aññatarena kāretabbo saṅghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā, yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya, tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo, ayam'pi dhammo aniyato.

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/aniyata.tex

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto dve aniyatā dhammā.

	\smallskip

	Tatth'āyasmante pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Dutiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Tatiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?

	\smallskip

\linkdest{endnote116-body}
	Parisuddh'etth'āyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam'etaṁ dhārayāmi.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote116-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote116-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote116-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote116-body}{Dm, UP, Ra, Um: \textit{dhārayāmī ti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

\linkdest{endnote12-body}
\linkdest{endnote118-body}
\begin{outro}
	Dve aniyatā dhammā niṭṭhitā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote12-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote12-body}{}{\pagenote{%
				\hypertarget{endnote12-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote12-body}{Not in any edition or manuscript, but if a conclusion is to be recited then this one as given in the Parivāra would be the suitable one.When reciting in brief use: \textit{Aniyat'uddeso niṭṭhito}.}}}}}
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Nissaggiyapācittiyā
*** Cīvaravagga
**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 1: Kaṭhinasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\section{Nissaggiyapācittiyā}
\label{np}

\begin{intro}
	Ime kho pan'āyasmanto tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.
\end{intro}

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{Cīvaravagga}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 1}{np1}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp1]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 1: Kaṭhinasikkhāpada}}
\label{np1}

\linkdest{endnote119-body}
\linkdest{endnote120-body}
Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote119-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote119-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote119-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote119-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra, UP v.l: \textit{niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṁ kaṭhine,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote120-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote120-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote120-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote120-body}{Dm: \textit{kathine}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace das'āhaparamaṁ atirekacīvaraṁ dhāretabbaṁ. Taṁ atikkāmayato, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 2: Uddositasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 2}{np2}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp2]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 2: Uddositasikkhāpada}}
\label{np2}

\linkdest{endnote121-body}
\linkdest{endnote122-body}
\linkdest{endnote123-body}
\linkdest{endnote124-body}
Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote121-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote121-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote121-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote121-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra, UP v.l: \textit{niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṁ kaṭhine,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote122-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote122-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote122-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote122-body}{Dm: \textit{kathine}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ekarattam'pi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote123-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote123-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote123-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote123-body}{D, G, P: \textit{-rattim-pi.}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyya, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote124-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote124-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote124-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote124-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, BhPm 1 v.l: \textit{sammatiyā}. (BhPm 2 has \textit{-sammatiyā} at NP 14) (Pg: \textit{-sammutiyā}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 3: Akālacīvarasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 3}{np3}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 3: Akālacīvarasikkhāpada}}
\label{np3}

\linkdest{endnote125-body}
\linkdest{endnote126-body}
\linkdest{endnote127-body}
\linkdest{endnote128-body}
\linkdest{endnote129-body}
Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote125-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote125-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote125-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote125-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra, UP v.l.: \textit{niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṁ pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṁ kaṭhine,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote126-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote126-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote126-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote126-body}{Dm: \textit{kathine}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuno pan'eva akālacīvaraṁ uppajjeyya, ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭiggahetvā khippam'eva kāretabbaṁ. No c'assa pāripūri, māsaparamaṁ tena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote127-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote127-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote127-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote127-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, G, V, W, SVibh Ee, Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{paraman-tena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā taṁ cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ ūnassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote128-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote128-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote128-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote128-body}{G: \textit{ūṇassa}. V: \textit{onassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pāripūriyā, satiyā paccāsāya; tato ce uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote129-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote129-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote129-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote129-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{uttari}. (Be reads \textit{uttariṁ} in the Sp to Pāc 19, see Pāc 19. Pg: \textit{uttariṁ}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace nikkhipeyya, satiyā'pi paccāsāya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 4: Purāṇacīvarasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 4}{np4}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp4]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 4: Purāṇacīvarasikkhāpada}}
\label{np4}

\linkdest{endnote130-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote130-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote130-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote130-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote130-body}{BhPm 2 (Syāma) v.l: \textit{añātikāya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuniyā purāṇacīvaraṁ dhovāpeyya vā rajāpeyya vā ākoṭāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 5: Cīvarappaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 5}{np5}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp5]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 5: Cīvarappaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpada}}
\label{np5}

\linkdest{endnote131-body}
\linkdest{endnote132-body}
\linkdest{endnote133-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote131-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote131-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote131-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote131-body}{BhPm 2 (Syāma) v.l.: \textit{añātikāya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuniyā hatthato cīvaraṁ paṭiggaṇheyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote132-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote132-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote132-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote132-body}{BhPm 1: \textit{paṭigaṇheyya}. BhPm 2, C, D, W, Ra: \textit{patigaṇheyya}. (Cf NP 10, Pāc 34.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace aññatra pārivattakā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote133-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote133-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote133-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote133-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, SVibh Ce, UP, Ra, BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, V, W, Um, Pg: \textit{-vaṭṭakā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 6: Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 6}{np6}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp6]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 6: Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpada}}
\label{np6}

\linkdest{endnote134-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu aññātakaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote134-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote134-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote134-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote134-body}{G: \textit{aññātikaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace gahapatiṁ vā gahapatāniṁ vā cīvaraṁ viññāpeyya, aññatra samayā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ. Tatth'āyaṁ samayo: acchinnacīvaro vā hoti bhikkhu naṭṭhacīvaro vā; ayaṁ tattha samayo.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 7: Tat'uttarisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 7}{np7}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp7]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 7: Tat'uttarisikkhāpada}}
\label{np7}

\linkdest{endnote135-body}
\linkdest{endnote136-body}
\linkdest{endnote137-body}
Tañ'ce aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā bahūhi cīvarehi abhihaṭṭhuṁ pavāreyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote135-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote135-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote135-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote135-body}{Mi Se, G: \textit{abhihaṭṭhum-pavāreyya}; so at Pāc 34. V: \textit{abhihaṭṭham-pavāreyya}. Mi Se v.l: \textit{abhihaṭuṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace santar'uttaraparamaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote136-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote136-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote136-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote136-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, SVibh Ee, Ra, Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{-paraman-tena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṁ sāditabbaṁ; tato ce uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote137-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote137-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote137-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote137-body}{See NP3.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 8: Paṭhama-upakkhaṭasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 8}{np8}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp8]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 8: Paṭhama-upakkhaṭasikkhāpada}}
\label{np8}

\linkdest{endnote138-body}
\linkdest{endnote139-body}
\linkdest{endnote140-body}
\linkdest{endnote141-body}
\linkdest{endnote142-body}
\linkdest{endnote143-body}
Bhikkhuṁ pan'eva uddissa aññātakassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote138-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote138-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote138-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote138-body}{G: \textit{aññātikassa}. C, W: \textit{aññātakagahapatissa}. (In C corrected to \textit{aññātakassa}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace gahapatissa vā gahapatāniyā vā cīvaracetāpanaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote139-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote139-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote139-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote139-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, D, C, G, V, W, Dm, Um, UP, Ra, SVibh Ce: \textit{-cetāpann-}. (Pg: \textit{-cetāpan-} but has \textit{-cetāpann-} in the next two rules...)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace upakkhaṭaṁ hoti: ``Iminā cīvaracetāpanena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote140-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote140-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote140-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote140-body}{See previous note.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā itthan'nāmaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote141-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote141-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote141-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote141-body}{W, Um, Pg: \textit{itthaṁ nāmaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuṁ cīvarena acchādessāmī'ti.'' Tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṁ āpajjeyya: ``Sādhu vata maṁ āyasmā iminā cīvaracetāpanena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote142-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote142-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote142-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote142-body}{See n. 135.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace evarūpaṁ vā evarūpaṁ vā cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā acchādehī'ti,'' kalyāṇakamyataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote143-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote143-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote143-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote143-body}{G: \textit{kammyataṁ}. The -\textit{y}- seems to be a correction as it is cramped in between the -\textit{m}- and -\textit{t}-.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace upādāya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 9: Dutiya-upakkhaṭasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 9}{np9}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp9]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 9: Dutiya-upakkhaṭasikkhāpada}}
\label{np9}

\linkdest{endnote144-body}
\linkdest{endnote145-body}
\linkdest{endnote146-body}
\linkdest{endnote147-body}
\linkdest{endnote148-body}
\linkdest{endnote149-body}
\linkdest{endnote150-body}
Bhikkhuṁ pan'eva uddissa ubhinnaṁ aññātakānaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote144-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote144-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote144-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote144-body}{G: \textit{aññātikānaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace gahapatīnaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote145-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote145-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote145-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote145-body}{W: \textit{aññātakagahapatīnaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā gahapatānīnaṁ vā paccekacīvaracetāpanā upakkhaṭā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote146-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote146-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote146-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote146-body}{Dm, Um, UP, Ra: -cetāpannāni upakkhaṭāni. C, D, V, W, SVibh Ce, BhPm 1 \& 2,
Pg: \textit{-cetāpannā upakkhaṭā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace honti: ``Imehi mayaṁ paccekacīvaracetāpanehi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote147-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote147-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote147-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote147-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Dm, UP, Ra, SVibh Ce, Pg: \textit{-cetāpannehi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace paccekacīvarāni cetāpetvā itthan'nāmaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote148-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote148-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote148-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote148-body}{W, Um: \textit{itthaṁ nāmaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuṁ cīvarehi acchādessāmā'ti.'' Tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṁ āpajjeyya: ``Sādhu vata maṁ āyasmanto imehi paccekacīvaracetāpanehi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote149-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote149-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote149-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote149-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, V, W, Dm, UP, Ra, SVibh Ce, Pg: \textit{-cetāpannehi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace evarūpaṁ vā evarūpaṁ vā cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā acchādetha, ubho'va santā ekenā'ti,'' kalyāṇakamyataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote150-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote150-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote150-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote150-body}{G: \textit{kammyataṁ}. The -\textit{y}- seems to be a correction as it is cramped in between the -\textit{m}- and -\textit{t}-.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace upādāya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 10: Rājasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 10}{np10}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp10]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 10: Rājasikkhāpada}}
\label{np10}

\linkdest{endnote151-body}
\linkdest{endnote152-body}
\linkdest{endnote153-body}
\linkdest{endnote154-body}
\linkdest{endnote155-body}
\linkdest{endnote156-body}
\linkdest{endnote157-body}
\linkdest{endnote158-body}
\linkdest{endnote159-body}
\linkdest{endnote160-body}
\linkdest{endnote161-body}
\linkdest{endnote162-body}
\linkdest{endnote163-body}
\linkdest{endnote164-body}
\linkdest{endnote165-body}
\linkdest{endnote166-body}
\linkdest{endnote167-body}
\linkdest{endnote168-body}
\linkdest{endnote169-body}
\linkdest{endnote170-body}
\linkdest{endnote171-body}
\linkdest{endnote172-body}
\linkdest{endnote173-body}
\linkdest{endnote174-body}
\linkdest{endnote175-body}
Bhikkhuṁ pan'eva uddissa rājā vā rājabhoggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote151-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote151-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote151-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote151-body}{V: \textit{-bhogo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā brāhmaṇo vā gahapatiko vā dūtena cīvaracetāpanaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote152-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote152-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote152-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote152-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, D, C, G, V, W, Dm, Um, UP, Ra, SVibh Ce: -cetāpann-.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pahiṇeyya: ``Iminā cīvaracetāpanena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote153-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote153-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote153-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote153-body}{See previous note.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace cīvaraṁ cetāpetvā itthan'nāmaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote154-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote154-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote154-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote154-body}{W, Um: \textit{itthaṁ nāmaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuṁ cīvarena acchādehī'ti.'' So ce dūto taṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya: ``Idaṁ kho bhante āyasmantaṁ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṁ ābhataṁ, paṭiggaṇhātu\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote155-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote155-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote155-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote155-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Dm, UP, Ra: \textit{patigaṇh-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āyasmā cīvaracetāpanan''ti,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote156-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote156-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote156-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote156-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, D, C, G, V, W, Dm, Um, UP, Ra, SVibh Ce: \textit{-cetāpann-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tena bhikkhunā so dūto evam'assa vacanīyo: ``Na kho mayaṁ āvuso cīvaracetāpanaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote157-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote157-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote157-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote157-body}{See previous note.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace paṭiggaṇhāma,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote158-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote158-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote158-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote158-body}{SVibh Ce: \textit{paṭigaṇh-}. BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Dm, UP, Ra: \textit{patigaṇh-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace cīvarañ'ca kho mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote159-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote159-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote159-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote159-body}{See previous note.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kālena kappiyan'ti.'' So ce dūto taṁ bhikkhuṁ evaṁ vadeyya: ``Atthi pan'āyasmato koci veyyāvaccakaro'ti,'' cīvar'atthikena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā veyyāvaccakaro niddisitabbo ārāmiko vā upāsako vā: ``Eso kho āvuso bhikkhūnaṁ veyyāvaccakaro'ti.'' So ce dūto taṁ veyyāvaccakaraṁ saññāpetvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeyya: ``Yaṁ kho bhante āyasmā veyyāvaccakaraṁ niddisi, saññatto so mayā. Upasaṅkamatu\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote160-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote160-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote160-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote160-body}{Dm, Um: \textit{upasaṅkamatāyasmā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āyasmā kālena, cīvarena taṁ acchādessatī''ti, cīvar'atthikena bhikkhave bhikkhunā veyyāvaccakaro upasaṅkamitvā dvattikkhattuṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote161-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote161-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote161-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote161-body}{SVibh Ee, Mi \& Mm Se, Pg: \textit{dvi-}. (Cf Pāc 19 \& 34: \textit{dvitti-/dvatti-}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace codetabbo sāretabbo: ``Attho me āvuso cīvarenā'ti.'' Dvattikkhattuṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote162-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote162-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote162-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote162-body}{See previous note.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace codayamāno sārayamāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote163-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote163-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote163-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote163-body}{D, G, SVibh Ee, Um, V: \textit{codiyamāno sāriyamāno}. C, W: \textit{codiyamāno sārayamāno}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taṁ cīvaraṁ abhinipphādeyya, icc'etaṁ kusalaṁ. No ce abhinipphādeyya, catukkhattuṁ pañcakkhattuṁ chakkhattu'paramaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote164-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote164-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote164-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote164-body}{BhPm 2, C, D, G, W, SVibh Ce: \textit{chakkhattuṁ paramaṁ}. (Not V.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tuṇhībhūtena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote165-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote165-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote165-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote165-body}{SVibh Ee, Ra: \textit{tuṇhi-}. (Um illegible.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uddissa ṭhātabbaṁ.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote166-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote166-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote166-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote166-body}{V: \textit{thātabbaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Catukkhattuṁ pañcakkhattuṁ chakkhattu'paramaṁ tuṇhībhūto\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote167-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote167-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote167-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote167-body}{SVibh Ee, Ra: \textit{tuṇhi-}. (Um illegible.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uddissa tiṭṭhamāno taṁ cīvaraṁ abhinipphādeyya, icc'etaṁ kusalaṁ;\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote168-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote168-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote168-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote168-body}{Mm, Mi Se, D, G, Ra, V: \textit{...kusalaṁ. No ce abhinipphādeyya. Tato ce uttariṁ}... Other eds: \textit{...kusalaṁ. Tato ce uttariṁ...} (Um: \textit{tato ca uttari}...) (Pg: ...\textit{kusalaṁ. Tato ...uttariṁ vāyamamāno} The Sannē also leaves out no ce \textit{abhinipphādeyya}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tato ce uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote169-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote169-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote169-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote169-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{uttari}. See NP 3.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace  vāyamamāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote170-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote170-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote170-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote170-body}{C, D, G, V: \textit{vāyamāno}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taṁ cīvaraṁ abhinipphādeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ. No ce abhinipphādeyya, yat'assa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote171-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote171-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote171-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote171-body}{G: \textit{yaṁ tassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace cīvaracetāpanaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote172-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote172-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote172-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote172-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, D, C, G, V, W, Dm, Um, UP, Ra, SVibh Ce: \textit{-cetāpann-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ābhataṁ, tattha sāmaṁ vā gantabbaṁ dūto vā pāhetabbo: ``Yaṁ kho tumhe āyasmanto bhikkhuṁ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṁ pahiṇittha,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote173-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote173-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote173-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote173-body}{G: \textit{pahinittha}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace na taṁ tassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote174-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote174-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote174-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote174-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, P: \textit{tan-tassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṁ anubhoti, yuñjant'āyasmanto sakaṁ, mā vo sakaṁ vinassā'ti.''\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote175-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote175-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote175-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote175-body}{Mm \& Mi Se: \textit{vinassī}. (Pg: \textit{vinassā}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

\linkdest{endnote176-body}
\linkdest{endnote177-body}
\begin{center}
	Cīvaravaggo paṭhamo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote176-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote176-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		  \hypertarget{endnote176-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote176-body}{SVibh Ee: \textit{kaṭhinavaggo}. Dm: \textit{kathinavaggo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace \makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote177-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote177-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote177-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote177-body}{V: \textit{pathamo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Eḷakalomavagga
**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 11: Kosiyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\subsection{Eḷakalomavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 11}{np11}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp11]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 11: Kosiyasikkhāpada}}
\label{np11}

Yo pana bhikkhu kosiyamissakaṁ santhataṁ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 12: Suddhakāḷakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 12}{np12}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp12]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 12: Suddhakāḷakasikkhāpada}}
\label{np12}

\linkdest{endnote178-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu suddhakāḷakānaṁ eḷakalomānaṁ santhataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote178-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote178-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote178-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote178-body}{V: saṇṭhataṁ.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 13: Dvebhāgasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 13}{np13}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp13]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 13: Dvebhāgasikkhāpada}}
\label{np13}

\linkdest{endnote179-body}
\linkdest{endnote180-body}
Navaṁ pana***Mi Se, C, G, V, W: navam-pana. bhikkhunā santhataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote179-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote179-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote179-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote179-body}{V: \textit{saṇṭhataṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kārayamānena dve bhāgā suddhakāḷakānaṁ eḷakalomānaṁ ādātabbā, tatiyaṁ odātānaṁ catutthaṁ gocariyānaṁ. Anādā ce bhikkhu dve bhāge suddhakāḷakānaṁ eḷakalomānaṁ tatiyaṁ odātānaṁ catutthaṁ gocariyānaṁ navaṁ santhataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote180-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote180-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote180-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote180-body}{V: \textit{saṇṭhataṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 14: Chabbassasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 14}{np14}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp14]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 14: Chabbassasikkhāpada}}
\label{np14}

\linkdest{endnote181-body}
\linkdest{endnote182-body}
\linkdest{endnote183-body}
\linkdest{endnote184-body}
\linkdest{endnote185-body}
\linkdest{endnote186-body}
\linkdest{endnote187-body}
\linkdest{endnote188-body}
Navaṁ pana\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote181-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote181-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote181-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote181-body}{Mi Se, C, G, V, W: \textit{navam-pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā santhataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote182-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote182-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote182-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote182-body}{V: \textit{saṇṭhataṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kārāpetvā chabbassāni dhāretabbaṁ. Orena ce\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote183-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote183-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote183-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote183-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, W, Ra, UP v.l., SVibh Ce v.l. (\& correction in G): \textit{orena ce bhikkhu}. D: \textit{orena ca channaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace channaṁ vassānaṁ taṁ santhataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote184-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote184-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote184-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote184-body}{V: \textit{saṇṭhataṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace visajjetvā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote185-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote185-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote185-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote185-body}{V: \textit{visajjetvā}. Other eds: \textit{vissajjetvā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā avisajjetvā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote186-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote186-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote186-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote186-body}{V: \textit{avisajjetvā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā aññaṁ navaṁ santhataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote187-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote187-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote187-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote187-body}{V: \textit{saṇṭhataṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kārāpeyya, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote188-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote188-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote188-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote188-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, BhPm 1 \& 2: \textit{sammatiyā}. See NP 3. (Pg: \textit{-sammutiyā}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 15: Nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 15}{np15}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp15]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 15: Nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpada}}
\label{np15}

\linkdest{endnote189-body}
\linkdest{endnote190-body}
\linkdest{endnote191-body}
\linkdest{endnote192-body}
\linkdest{endnote193-body}
Nisīdanasanthataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote189-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote189-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote189-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote189-body}{V: \textit{-saṇṭhatam-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pana\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote190-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote190-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote190-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote190-body}{Mi Se, G: \textit{nisīdanasanthatam-pana}. V: \textit{nisīdanasaṇṭhatam-pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā kārayamānena purāṇasanthatassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote191-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote191-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote191-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote191-body}{V: \textit{-saṇṭhata-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sāmantā sugatavidatthi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote192-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote192-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote192-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote192-body}{SVibh Ce: \textit{-vidatthī}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ādātabbā dubbaṇṇakaraṇāya. Anādā ce bhikkhu purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiṁ navaṁ nisīdanasanthataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote193-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote193-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote193-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote193-body}{V: \textit{-saṇṭhataṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 16: Eḷakalomasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 16}{np16}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp16]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 16: Eḷakalomasikkhāpada}}
\label{np16}

\linkdest{endnote194-body}
\linkdest{endnote195-body}
\linkdest{endnote196-body}
Bhikkhuno pan'eva addhānamaggappaṭipannassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote194-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote194-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote194-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote194-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, V, W, Um, UP, Ra, SVibh Ee: \textit{maggapaṭi-}. SVibh Ce, Dm: \textit{-maggappaṭi-}. G: \textit{addhānamaggaṁ
paṭipannassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace eḷakalomāni uppajjeyyuṁ, ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbāni, paṭiggahetvā tiyojanaparamaṁ sahatthā haritabbāni,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote195-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote195-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote195-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote195-body}{BhPm 1, C, D, G, V, W, Um, SVibh Ee, Mi \& Mm Se:  \textit{hāretabbāni}. Pg has  \textit{hāritabbāni} in its explanation, but states that
\textit{hāretabbāni} is a v.l.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace asante hārake; tato ce uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote196-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote196-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote196-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote196-body}{Dm, Um, UP: uttari. See NP 3.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace hareyya asante'pi hārake, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 17: Eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 17}{np17}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp17]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 17: Eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpada}}
\label{np17}

Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā eḷakalomāni dhovāpeyya vā rajāpeyya vā vijaṭāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 18: Rūpiyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 18}{np18}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp18]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 18: Rūpiyasikkhāpada}}
\label{np18}

Yo pana bhikkhu jātarūparajataṁ uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā upanikkhittaṁ vā sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 19: Rūpiyasaṁvohārasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 19}{np19}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp19]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 19: Rūpiyasaṁvohārasikkhāpada}}
\label{np19}

Yo pana bhikkhu nānappakārakaṁ rūpiyasaṁvohāraṁ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 20: Kayavikkayasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 20}{np20}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp20]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 20: Kayavikkayasikkhāpada}}
\label{np20}

Yo pana bhikkhu nānappakārakaṁ kayavikkayaṁ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

\linkdest{endnote197-body}
\begin{center}
	Eḷakalomavaggo dutiyo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote197-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote197-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote197-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote197-body}{D, Dm, G, Mi \& Mm Se, V, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee: \textit{kosiyavaggo}. UP, BhPm 1 \& 2, C, W, Um, Ra, Mi Se v.l. \& UP sīhala v.l., Burmese v.l. in TP (from a 1904 Burmese printed edition): \textit{eḷakalomavaggo}. (This reading is also found in the Kkh [Be, Ce, Ee] and the  Sanna.) Pg: \textit{santhatavaggo}. (The editor of the Sinhalese Pg edition says in a footnote that \textit{eḷakalomavagga} is in the Pāḷi, i.e., the Pātimokkha.) See the note on the chapter titles in the Analysis.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Pattavagga
**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 21: Pattasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\subsection{Pattavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 21}{np21}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp21]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 21: Pattasikkhāpada}}
\label{np21}

Das'āhaparamaṁ atirekapatto dhāretabbo. Taṁ atikkāmayato, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 22: Ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 22}{np22}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp22]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 22: Ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpada}}
\label{np22}

\linkdest{endnote198-body}
\linkdest{endnote199-body}
\linkdest{endnote200-body}
\linkdest{endnote201-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu ūnapañcabandhanena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote198-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote198-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote198-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote198-body}{G: \textit{ūṇa-}. V: \textit{ona-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pattena aññaṁ navaṁ pattaṁ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ. Tena bhikkhunā so patto bhikkhuparisāya nissajitabbo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote199-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote199-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote199-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote199-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra, SVibh Ce, UP sīhala v.l: \textit{nissajitabbo}. Other eds: \textit{nissajjitabbo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace yo ca tassā bhikkhuparisāya pattapariyanto, so\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote200-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote200-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote200-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote200-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, V, D:  so ca tassa}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tassa bhikkhuno padātabbo: ``Ayaṁ te\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote201-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote201-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote201-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote201-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, C, G, V, W: ayan-te.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhu patto, yāva bhedanāya dhāretabbo'ti. Ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 23: Bhesajjasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 23}{np23}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp23]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 23: Bhesajjasikkhāpada}}
\label{np23}

\linkdest{endnote202-body}
\linkdest{endnote203-body}
\linkdest{endnote204-body}
\linkdest{endnote205-body}
Yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote202-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote202-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote202-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote202-body}{V: \textit{gīlānānaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhūnaṁ paṭisāyanīyāni bhesajjāni, seyyath'īdaṁ:\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote203-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote203-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote203-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote203-body}{Dm, UP: \textit{seyyathidaṁ}. Cf Pāc 39.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sappi, navanītaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote204-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote204-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote204-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote204-body}{V: \textit{navanitaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace telaṁ, madhuphāṇitaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote205-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote205-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote205-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote205-body}{C: \textit{madhupphāṇitaṁ. G: \textit{madhuphāṇītaṁ}; later (i.e., uninked) corrected to \textit{madhupphāṇītaṁ}. Cf Pāc 39.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tāni paṭiggahetvā satt'āhaparamaṁ sannidhikārakaṁ paribhuñjitabbāni. Taṁ atikkāmayato, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 24: Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 24}{np24}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp24]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 24: Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpada}}
\label{np24}

\linkdest{endnote206-body}
\linkdest{endnote207-body}
``Māso seso gimhānan''ti, bhikkhunā vassikasāṭikacīvaraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ. ``Aḍḍhamāso\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote206-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote206-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote206-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote206-body}{C, D, W, Dm, SVibh Ce, BhPm 1 \& 2, Um, UP, SVibh Ee: addha-. In Pāc 57 the same editions have the same readings as in this rule. (Pg: \textit{aḍḍha-}.) V: \textit{aḍha-} as in Pāc 57.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace seso gimhānan''ti, katvā nivāsetabbaṁ. ``Orena ce māso seso gimhānan''ti, vassikasāṭikacīvaraṁ pariyeseyya, ``Oren'aḍḍhamāso\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote207-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote207-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote207-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote207-body}{C, D, W, Dm, SVibh Ce, BhPm 1 \& 2, Um, UP, SVibh Ee: \textit{addha-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace  seso gimhānan''ti, katvā nivāseyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 25: Cīvara-acchindanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 25}{np25}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp25]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 25: Cīvara-acchindanasikkhāpada}}
\label{np25}

\linkdest{endnote208-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa sāmaṁ cīvaraṁ datvā kupito\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote208-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote208-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote208-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote208-body}{V: \textit{kuppito}. (Cf NP Pāc 17 \& 74.) Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra, UP sīhala v.l: \textit{pacchā} \textit{kupito}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace anattamano acchindeyya vā acchindāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 26: Suttaviññattisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 26}{np26}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp26]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 26: Suttaviññattisikkhāpada}}
\label{np26}

Yo pana bhikkhu sāmaṁ suttaṁ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṁ vāyāpeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 27: Mahāpesakārasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 27}{np27}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp27]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 27: Mahāpesakārasikkhāpada}}
\label{np27}

\linkdest{endnote209-body}
\linkdest{endnote210-body}
\linkdest{endnote211-body}
\linkdest{endnote212-body}
\linkdest{endnote213-body}
\linkdest{endnote214-body}
Bhikkhuṁ pan'eva uddissa aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā tantavāyehi cīvaraṁ vāyāpeyya, tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito tantavāye upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṁ āpajjeyya: ``Idaṁ kho āvuso cīvaraṁ maṁ uddissa viyyati\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote209-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote209-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote209-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote209-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra, UP v.l.: \textit{vīyati}. Um: \textit{vīyyati}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āyatañ'ca karotha, vitthatañ'ca appitañ'ca\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote210-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote210-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote210-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote210-body}{Bh Pm 2, Um: \textit{appīta-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace suvītañ'ca\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote211-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote211-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote211-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote211-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, V: \textit{suvita-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace suppavāyitañ'ca\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote212-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote212-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote212-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote212-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{supavāyita-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace suvilekhitañ'ca\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote213-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote213-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote213-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote213-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, V: \textit{suvilekkhita-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace suvitacchitañ'ca karotha; app'eva nāma mayam'pi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote214-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote214-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote214-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote214-body}{D, SVibh Ee: \textit{mayaṁ pi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āyasmantānaṁ kiñcimattaṁ anupadajjeyyāmā''ti, evañ'ca so bhikkhu vatvā kiñcimattaṁ anupadajjeyya, antamaso piṇḍapātamattam'pi, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 28: Accekacīvarasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 28}{np28}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp28]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 28: Accekacīvarasikkhāpada}}
\label{np28}

\linkdest{endnote215-body}
\linkdest{endnote216-body}
Das'āh'ānāgataṁ kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote215-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote215-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote215-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote215-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, D, G, V, W, Ra, SVibh Ee, Pg: -māsi-. C, P, Dm \& SVibh Ce: \textit{-māsika-}. (In the Be \textit{Vimativinodani-ṭīka} (Be I 356, 360) on NP 24 and 28 there is also the reading \textit{-māsi-}).}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuno pan'eva accekacīvaraṁ uppajjeyya, accekaṁ maññamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭiggahetvā yāva cīvarakālasamayaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; tato ce uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote216-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote216-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote216-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote216-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{uttari}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace See NP 3. nikkhipeyya, nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 29: Sāsaṅkasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 29}{np29}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp29]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 29: Sāsaṅkasikkhāpada}}
\label{np29}

\linkdest{endnote217-body}
\linkdest{endnote218-body}
\linkdest{endnote219-body}
\linkdest{endnote220-body}
Upavassaṁ kho pana kattikapuṇṇamaṁ. Yāni kho pana tāni āraññakāni sen'āsanāni sāsaṅkasammatāni\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote217-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote217-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote217-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote217-body}{C, G, W: \textit{-saṁka-}. \textit{sappaṭibhayāni}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Tathārūpesu bhikkhu sen'āsanesu viharanto ākaṅkhamāno tiṇṇaṁ cīvarānaṁ aññataraṁ cīvaraṁ antaraghare nikkhipeyya, siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno koci'd'eva paccayo tena cīvarena vippavāsāya, chārattaparamaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote218-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote218-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote218-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote218-body}{Mi Se, G, V, W: \textit{chārattaparamantena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tena bhikkhunā tena cīvarena vippavasitabbaṁ; tato ce uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote219-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote219-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote219-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote219-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{uttari}. See NP 3.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vippavaseyya, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote220-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote220-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote220-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote220-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, BhPm 1 v.l: \textit{sammatiyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Nissaggiya Pācittiya 30: Pariṇatasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 30}{np30}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[forf-exp30]{Nissaggiya Pācittiya 30: Pariṇatasikkhāpada}}
\label{np30}

\linkdest{endnote221-body}
\linkdest{endnote222-body}
\linkdest{endnote223-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ saṅghikaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote221-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote221-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote221-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote221-body}{BhPm 1, C, V, W: \textit{saṁghikaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace lābhaṁ pariṇataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote222-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote222-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote222-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote222-body}{C, D, W: \textit{-nataṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace attano pariṇāmeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote223-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote223-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote223-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote223-body}{D, W: \textit{-nāmeyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace nissaggiyaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

\begin{center}
	Pattavaggo tatiyo
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/nissaggiya-pacittiya.tex

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā.

	\smallskip

	Tatth'āyasmante pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Dutiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Tatiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?

	\smallskip

\linkdest{endnote224-body}
	Parisuddh'etth'āyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam'etaṁ dhārayāmi.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote224-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote224-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote224-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote224-body}{Dm, UP, Ra, Um: \textit{dhārayāmī ti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

\linkdest{endnote225-body}
\begin{outro}
	Tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā niṭṭhitā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote225-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote225-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote225-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote225-body}{Mm Se, Ra. Ñd Ce \& Mi Se: \textit{Tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā niṭṭhitā}. Bh Pm 1 \& 2, UP, V: \textit{Nissaggiyā pācittiyā niṭṭhitā}.
Dm, Um: \textit{Nissaggiyapācittiyā niṭṭhitā}. C, W: \textit{Nissaggiyā niṭṭhitā}. D (also Wae Uda Pm): \textit{Nissaggiyaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ}. G: \textit{Nissaggiyapācittiyaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Pācittiyā
*** Musāvādavagga
**** Pācittiya 1: Musāvādasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\section{Pācittiyā}
\label{pc}

\begin{intro}
	Ime kho pan'āyasmanto dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.
\end{intro}

\subsection{Musāvādavagga}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 1}{pac1}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp1]{Pācittiya 1: Musāvādasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac1}

Sampajānamusāvāde, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 2: Omasavādasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 2}{pac2}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp2]{Pācittiya 2: Omasavādasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac2}

Omasavāde, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 3: Pesuññasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 3}{pac3}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp3]{Pācittiya 3: Pesuññasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac3}

Bhikkhupesuññe, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 4: Padasodhammasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 4}{exp4}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp4]{Pācittiya 4: Padasodhammasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac4}

\linkdest{endnote226-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote226-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote226-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote226-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote226-body}{V: \textit{anūpasampannaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace padaso dhammaṁ vāceyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 5: Paṭhamasahaseyyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 5}{pac5}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp5]{Pācittiya 5: Paṭhamasahaseyyasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac5}

\linkdest{endnote227-body}
\linkdest{endnote228-body}
\linkdest{endnote229-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote227-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote227-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote227-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote227-body}{V: \textit{anūpasampannena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uttariṁ dirattatirattaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote228-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote228-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote228-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote228-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, SVibh Ee: \textit{dvi-}. Dm, Um, UP, Mi \& Mm Se, SVibh Ee: \textit{uttaridirattatirattaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saha seyyaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote229-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote229-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote229-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote229-body}{Mi Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2: \textit{saha seyyaṁ}. Other printed editions (SVibh Ee, SVibh Ce, UP, Mm Se): \textit{sahaseyyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 6: Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 6}{pac6}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp6]{Pācittiya 6: Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac6}

\linkdest{endnote230-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saha seyyaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote230-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote230-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote230-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote230-body}{In G the correction \textit{saddhiṁ} has been inserted before \textit{sahaseyyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 7: Dhammadesanāsikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 7}{pac7}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp7]{Pācittiya 7: Dhammadesanāsikkhāpada}}
\label{pac7}

\linkdest{endnote231-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmassa uttariṁ chappañcavācāhi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote231-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote231-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote231-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote231-body}{Dm, Um, UP, Mi \& Mm Se, SVibh Ee: \textit{uttarichappañcavācāhi}. Cf Pāc 5.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammaṁ deseyya, aññatra viññunā purisaviggahena, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 8: Bhūtārocanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 8}{pac8}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp8]{Pācittiya 8: Bhūtārocanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac8}

Yo pana bhikkhu anupasampannassa uttarimanussadhammaṁ āroceyya bhūtasmiṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 9: Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 9}{pac9}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp9]{Pācittiya 9: Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac9}

\linkdest{endnote232-body}
\linkdest{endnote233-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa duṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ anupasampannassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote232-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote232-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote232-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote232-body}{V: \textit{anūpasampannassa}. (No long \textit{ū} in Pāc 8.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āroceyya, aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote233-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote233-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote233-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote233-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, BhPm 1 v.l.: \textit{sammatiyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.
% v.l: --> v.l.:

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 10: Paṭhavīkhaṇanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 10}{pac10}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp10]{Pācittiya 10: Paṭhavīkhaṇanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac10}

\linkdest{endnote234-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu paṭhaviṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote234-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote234-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote234-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote234-body}{Dm, V: \textit{pathaviṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace khaṇeyya vā khaṇāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

\linkdest{endnote235-body}
\linkdest{endnote236-body}
\begin{center}
	Musāvādavaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote235-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote235-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote235-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote235-body}{Mm Se: \textit{musāvādāvagga}. (Probably a misprint or a corruption as initial members of compounds normally aren't inflected.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace paṭhamo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote236-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote236-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote236-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote236-body}{V: \textit{pathamo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Bhūtagāmavagga
**** Pācittiya 11: Bhūtagāmasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\subsection{Bhūtagāmavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 11}{pac11}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp11]{Pācittiya 11: Bhūtagāmasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac11}

\linkdest{endnote237-body}
Bhūtagāmapātabyatāya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote237-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote237-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote237-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote237-body}{SVibh Ce, C, W, Ra: \textit{-pātavyatāya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 12: Aññavādakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 12}{pac12}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp12]{Pācittiya 12: Aññavādakasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac12}

Aññavādake vihesake, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 13: Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 13}{pac13}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp13]{Pācittiya 13: Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac13}

\linkdest{endnote238-body}
Ujjhāpanake khiyyanake,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote238-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote238-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote238-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote238-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Dm, UP, Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{khiyyanake}. C, D, G, W, Um, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee, Ra, Pg: \textit{khīyanake}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 14: Paṭhamasen'āsanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 14}{pac14}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp14]{Pācittiya 14: Paṭhamasen'āsanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac14}

\linkdest{endnote239-body}
\linkdest{endnote240-body}
\linkdest{endnote241-body}
\linkdest{endnote242-body}
\linkdest{endnote243-body}
\linkdest{endnote244-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghikaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote239-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote239-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote239-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote239-body}{BhPm 1, C, V, W: \textit{saṁghikaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote240-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote240-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote240-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote240-body}{V: \textit{pithaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā bhisiṁ vā kocchaṁ vā ajjhokāse santharitvā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote241-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote241-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote241-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote241-body}{V: \textit{saṇthar-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā santharāpetvā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote242-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote242-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote242-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote242-body}{V: \textit{saṇthar-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā, taṁ pakkamanto n'eva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote243-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote243-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote243-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote243-body}{D: \textit{n'uddharāpeyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace anāpucchaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote244-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote244-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote244-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote244-body}{Ra, SK, Pg, Sannē: \textit{anāpucchā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 15: Dutiyasen'āsanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 15}{pac15}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp15]{Pācittiya 15: Dutiyasen'āsanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac15}

\linkdest{endnote245-body}
\linkdest{endnote246-body}
\linkdest{endnote247-body}
\linkdest{endnote248-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre seyyaṁ santharitvā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote245-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote245-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote245-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote245-body}{V: \textit{saṇthar-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā santharāpetvā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote246-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote246-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote246-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote246-body}{V: \textit{saṇthar-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā, taṁ pakkamanto n'eva uddhareyya na uddharāpeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote247-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote247-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote247-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote247-body}{D: \textit{n'uddharāpeyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace anāpucchaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote248-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote248-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote248-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote248-body}{Ra, SK, Pg, Sannē: \textit{anāpucchā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 16: Anupakhajjasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 16}{pac16}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp16]{Pācittiya 16: Anupakhajjasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac16}

\linkdest{endnote249-body}
\linkdest{endnote250-body}
\linkdest{endnote251-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote249-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote249-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote249-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote249-body}{BhPm 1, C, V, W: \textit{saṁghikaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vihāre jānaṁ pubb'upagataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote250-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote250-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote250-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote250-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, D, W, Um, Pg: \textit{pubbūpagataṁ}. (C unclear.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuṁ anupakhajja\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote251-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote251-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote251-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote251-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{anūpakhajja}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace seyyaṁ kappeyya: ``Yassa sambādho bhavissati, so pakkamissatī'ti'', etad'eva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 17: Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 17}{pac17}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp17]{Pācittiya 17: Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac17}

\linkdest{endnote252-body}
\linkdest{endnote253-body}
\linkdest{endnote254-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ kupito\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote252-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote252-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote252-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote252-body}{V: \textit{kuppito}. Cf NP 25 \& Pāc 74.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace anattamano saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍheyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote253-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote253-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote253-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote253-body}{V: \textit{nikaḍheyya}. Cf \textit{aḍhamāso} at NP 24 and Pāc 57 in V.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā nikkaḍḍhāpeyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote254-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote254-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote254-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote254-body}{V: \textit{nikaḍhāpeyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 18: Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 18}{pac18}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp18]{Pācittiya 18: Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpada}}
\label{pac18}

\linkdest{endnote255-body}
\linkdest{endnote256-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghike vihāre uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṁ mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote255-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote255-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote255-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote255-body}{V: \textit{pithaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā abhinisīdeyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote256-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote256-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote256-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote256-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra, UP sīhala v.l.: \textit{sahasā abhinisīdeyya}. In G the correction \textit{sahasā} has been inserted later. It is not mentioned in the Sannē or Pg.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā abhinipajjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 19: Mahallakavihārasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 19}{pac19}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp19]{Pācittiya 19: Mahallakavihārasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac19}

\linkdest{endnote257-body}
\linkdest{endnote258-body}
\linkdest{endnote259-body}
\linkdest{endnote260-body}
\linkdest{endnote261-body}
\linkdest{endnote262-body}
Mahallakaṁ pana\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote257-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote257-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote257-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote257-body}{Mi Se, G, V, W: \textit{mahallakam-pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā vihāraṁ kārayamānena, yāva dvārakosā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote258-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote258-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote258-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote258-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, W, Ra, Pg, SVibh Ce, UP, Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{aggala-}. V: \textit{aggaḷaṭṭhappanāya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace aggaḷaṭṭhapanāya ālokasandhiparikammāya dvatticchadanassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote259-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote259-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote259-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote259-body}{SVibh Ee, Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{dvi-}; see NP 10.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pariyāyaṁ appaharite ṭhitena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote260-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote260-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote260-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote260-body}{V: \textit{thitena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace adhiṭṭhātabbaṁ; tato ce uttariṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote261-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote261-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote261-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote261-body}{Dm, Um, SVibh Ee: \textit{uttari} (but Be Sp \& Ee Sp read \textit{uttariṁ}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace appaharite'pi ṭhito,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote262-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote262-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote262-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote262-body}{V: \textit{thito}. (D: \textit{appaharite ṭhito pi}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace adhiṭṭhaheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 20: Sappāṇakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 20}{pac20}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp20]{Pācittiya 20: Sappāṇakasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac20}

Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ sappāṇakaṁ udakaṁ tiṇaṁ vā mattikaṁ vā siñceyya vā siñcāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

\linkdest{endnote263-body}
\begin{center}
	Bhūtagāmavaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote263-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote263-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote263-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote263-body}{SVibh Ce v.l.: \textit{senāsanavaggob}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dutiyo
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Bhikkhunovādavagga
**** Pācittiya 21: Ovādasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\subsection{Bhikkhunovādavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 21}{pac21}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp]{Pācittiya 21: Ovādasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac21}

Yo pana bhikkhu asammato bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 22: Atthaṅgatasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 22}{pac22}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp22]{Pācittiya 22: Atthaṅgatasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac22}

\linkdest{endnote264-body}
\linkdest{endnote265-body}
Sammato'pi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote264-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote264-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote264-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote264-body}{SVibh Ee: \textit{ce pi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ce bhikkhu atthaṅ'gate suriye\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote265-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote265-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote265-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote265-body}{Dm: \textit{sūriye}. (= Sanskritisation; see Pecenko, Ee A-ṭ introduction p.liii.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 23: Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 23}{pac23}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp23]{Pācittiya 23: Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac23}

\linkdest{endnote266-body}
\linkdest{endnote267-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhun'ūpassayaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote266-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote266-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote266-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote266-body}{C, G, W, Dm: \textit{bhikkhunupassayaṁ}. Um: \textit{bhikkhūnūpa-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhuniyo ovadeyya, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ. Tatth'āyaṁ samayo: gilānā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote267-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote267-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote267-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote267-body}{V: \textit{gīlānā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace hoti bhikkhunī; ayaṁ tattha samayo.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 24: Āmisasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 24}{pac24}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp24]{Pācittiya 24: Āmisasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac24}

\linkdest{endnote268-body}
\linkdest{endnote269-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya: ``Āmisahetu\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote268-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote268-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote268-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote268-body}{V: \textit{āmissahetu}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace  bhikkhū\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote269-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote269-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote269-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote269-body}{Dm, Um, SVibh Ee: \textit{āmisahetu therā bhikkhū}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuniyo ovadantī''ti, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 25: Cīvaradānasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 25}{pac25}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp25]{Pācittiya 25: Cīvaradānasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac25}

\linkdest{endnote270-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṁ dadeyya, aññatra pārivattakā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote270-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote270-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote270-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote270-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, SVibh Ce, UP, Ra, BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, V, W, Um, Pg: \textit{-vaṭṭakā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 26: Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 26}{pac26}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp26]{Pācittiya 26: Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac26}

Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṁ sibbeyya vā sibbāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 27: Saṁvidhānasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 27}{pac27}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp27]{Pācittiya 27: Saṁvidhānasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac27}

\linkdest{endnote271-body}
\linkdest{endnote272-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ saṁvidhāya ek'addhānamaggaṁ paṭipajjeyya antamaso gām'antaram'pi, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ. Tatth'āyaṁ samayo: satthagamanīyo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote271-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote271-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote271-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote271-body}{V: \textit{-gamaniyo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace hoti maggo sāsaṅkasammato;\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote272-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote272-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote272-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote272-body}{C, W: \textit{saṁka-}. }}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sappaṭibhayo; ayaṁ tattha samayo.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 28: Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 28}{pac28}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp28]{Pācittiya 28: Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac28}

\linkdest{endnote273-body}
\linkdest{endnote274-body}
\linkdest{endnote275-body}
\linkdest{endnote276-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ saṁvidhāya ekaṁ nāvaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote273-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote273-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote273-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote273-body}{Mi Se, G, V, Pg, Burmese ms. v.l. in SVibh Ee, Bh Pm 2 v.l.: \textit{ekanāvaṁ}. (Mm Se: \textit{ekaṁnāvaṁ}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace abhirūheyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote274-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote274-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote274-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote274-body}{BhPm 1 \& 2, C, V, W, Dm, UP: \textit{-ruheyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uddhaṁgāminiṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote275-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote275-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote275-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote275-body}{UP: uddhaṁ gāmaniṁ adho gāmaniṁ. Mi \& Mm Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, Ra, Pg, SVibh Ce: \textit{uddhagāmaniṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā adhogāminiṁ vā, aññatra tiriyaṁtaraṇāya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote276-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote276-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote276-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote276-body}{Dm, SVibh Ce, UP, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, D, Ra: \textit{tiriyaṁ taraṇāya}. C, W, SVibh Ee: \textit{tiriyaṁtaraṇāya}, Mi \& Mm Se, G, Um, V: \textit{tiriyan-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taraṇāya. pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 29: Paripācitasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 29}{pac29}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp29]{Pācittiya 29: Paripācitasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac29}

\linkdest{endnote277-body}
\linkdest{endnote278-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ bhikkhunīparipācitaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote277-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote277-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote277-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote277-body}{D, Dm, UP, V: \textit{bhikkhuni-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjeyya, aññatra pubbe gihīsamārambhā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote278-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote278-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote278-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote278-body}{D, Dm, Bh Pm 1, SVibh Ee, UP, Mi \& Mm Se: gihi. C, W, Um, Pg, Ra, SVibh Ce, Ee Sp: gihī. V: \textit{gīhi-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 30: Rahonisajjasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 30}{pac30}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp30]{Pācittiya 30: Rahonisajjasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac30}

Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuniyā saddhiṁ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

\linkdest{endnote279-body}
\begin{center}
	Ovādavaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote279-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote279-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote279-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote279-body}{Dm, Mm Se, UP, SVibh Ee: \textit{ovādavaggo}. Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, V, W, Um, Mi Se, SVibh Ce, Ra: \textit{bhikkhunovādavaggo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tatiyo
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Bhojanavagga
**** Pācittiya 31: Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\subsection{Bhojanavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 31}{pac31}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp31]{Pācittiya 31: Āvasathapiṇḍasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac31}

\linkdest{endnote280-body}
\linkdest{endnote281-body}
Agilānena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote280-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote280-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote280-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote280-body}{V: \textit{agīlānena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā eko āvasathapiṇḍo bhuñjitabbo; tato ce uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote281-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote281-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote281-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote281-body}{Be \& UP, Um, SVibh Ee: \textit{uttari}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 32: Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 32}{pac31}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp32]{Pācittiya 32: Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac32}

\linkdest{endnote282-body}
\linkdest{endnote283-body}
Gaṇabhojane, aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ. Tatth'āyaṁ samayo: gilānasamayo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote282-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote282-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote282-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote282-body}{V: \textit{gīlāna-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, nāv'ābhirūhanasamayo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote283-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote283-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote283-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote283-body}{Dm, Um, V: \textit{-ruhana-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace mahāsamayo, samaṇabhattasamayo; ayaṁ tattha samayo.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 33: Paramparabhojanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 33}{pac33}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp33]{Pācittiya 33: Paramparabhojanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac33}

\linkdest{endnote284-body}
\linkdest{endnote285-body}
Paramparabhojane,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote284-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote284-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote284-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote284-body}{V: parappara-. SVibh Ee: \textit{paraṁpara-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ. Tatth'āyaṁ samayo: gilānasamayo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote285-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote285-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote285-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote285-body}{V: \textit{gīlāna-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo; ayaṁ tattha samayo.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 34: Kāṇamātusikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 34}{pac34}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp34]{Pācittiya 34: Kāṇamātusikkhāpada}}
\label{pac34}

\linkdest{endnote286-body}
\linkdest{endnote287-body}
\linkdest{endnote288-body}
\linkdest{endnote289-body}
\linkdest{endnote290-body}
\linkdest{endnote291-body}
\linkdest{endnote292-body}
\linkdest{endnote293-body}
Bhikkhuṁ pan'eva kulaṁ upagataṁ pūvehi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote286-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote286-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote286-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote286-body}{V, Bh Pm 2 v.l.: \textit{puvehi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā manthehi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote287-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote287-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote287-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote287-body}{V: \textit{maṇḥehi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā abhihaṭṭhuṁ pavāreyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote288-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote288-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote288-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote288-body}{Mi Se, G: \textit{abhihaṭṭhum-pavāreyya}. V: \textit{abhihaṭṭham-pavāreyya}. Cf NP 7.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā dvattipattapūrā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote289-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote289-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote289-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote289-body}{SVibh Ee, Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{dvi-}; see NP 10. V: \textit{-purā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace paṭiggahetabbā; tato ce uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote290-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote290-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote290-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote290-body}{Be \& UP, Um, SVibh Ee: \textit{uttari}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace See NP 3. paṭiggaṇheyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote291-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote291-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote291-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote291-body}{C, D, W: \textit{patigaṇheyya}. (Cf. NP 5, NP 10.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ. Dvattipattapūre\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote292-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote292-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote292-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote292-body}{SVibh Ee, Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{dvi-}; see NP 10. V: \textit{-pure}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace paṭiggahetvā, tato nīharitvā, bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvibhajitabbaṁ.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote293-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote293-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote293-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote293-body}{V, Bh Pm 2 v.l.: \textit{saṁvibhajjitabbaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 35: Paṭhamapavāraṇāsikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 35}{pac35}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp35]{Pācittiya 35: Paṭhamapavāraṇāsikkhāpada}}
\label{pac35}

\linkdest{endnote294-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhuttāvī pavārito anatirittaṁ khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote294-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote294-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote294-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote294-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee, Um: \textit{khādaniyaṁ \& bhojaniyaṁ} throughout the text.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 36: Dutiyapavāraṇāsikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 36}{pac36}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp36]{Pācittiya 36: Dutiyapavāraṇāsikkhāpada}}
\label{pac36}

\linkdest{endnote295-body}
\linkdest{endnote296-body}
\linkdest{endnote297-body}
\linkdest{endnote298-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ bhuttāviṁ pavāritaṁ anatirittena khādanīyena vā bhojanīyena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote295-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote295-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote295-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote295-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee, Um: \textit{khādaniyena \& bhojaniyena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā abhihaṭṭhuṁ pavāreyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote296-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote296-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote296-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote296-body}{Mi Se, G: \textit{abhihaṭṭhum-pavāreyya}. V: \textit{abhihaṭṭham-pavāreyya}. Cf NP 7 and Pāc 34.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Handa bhikkhu khāda vā bhuñja vā'ti,'' jānaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote297-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote297-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote297-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote297-body}{Um omits \textit{jānaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āsādan'āpekkho,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote298-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote298-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote298-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote298-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra, Ce Kkh: \textit{-āpekho}. (Cf \textit{-āpekho} v.l. at Nid and Pāc 56, 60.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhuttasmiṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 37: Vikālabhojanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 37}{pac37}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp37]{Pācittiya 37: Vikālabhojanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac37}

\linkdest{endnote299-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu vikāle khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote299-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote299-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote299-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote299-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee, Um: \textit{khādaniyaṁ \& bhojaniyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 38: Sannidhikārakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 38}{pac38}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp38]{Pācittiya 38: Sannidhikārakasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac38}

\linkdest{endnote300-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṁ khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote300-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote300-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote300-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote300-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee, Um: \textit{khādaniyaṁ \& bhojaniyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 39: Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 39}{pac39}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp39]{Pācittiya 39: Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac39}

\linkdest{endnote301-body}
\linkdest{endnote302-body}
\linkdest{endnote303-body}
\linkdest{endnote304-body}
\linkdest{endnote305-body}
\linkdest{endnote306-body}
Yāni kho pana tāni paṇītabhojanāni, seyyath'īdaṁ:\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote301-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote301-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote301-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote301-body}{Dm, UP: \textit{seyyathidaṁ}. Cf NP 23.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sappi, navanītaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote302-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote302-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote302-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote302-body}{V: \textit{navanitaṁ}. Cf NP 23.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace telaṁ, madhuphāṇitaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote303-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote303-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote303-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote303-body}{C, D, W: \textit{madhupphāṇitaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace maccho, maṁsaṁ, khīraṁ, dadhi;\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote304-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote304-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote304-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote304-body}{C, P, (Wae Uda Pm, Sirimalwatta Pm): \textit{dadhiṃ}. (This reading has later been
scribbled through in C.) Both \textit{dadhi} and \textit{dadhiṃ} are neuter nominative according
to CPED, although normally \textit{dadhiṃ} is accusative. Cf J-a IV 140: \textit{khīraṃ viya
dadhiṃ viya obhāsantaṃ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace yo pana bhikkhu evarūpāni paṇītabhojanāni agilāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote305-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote305-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote305-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote305-body}{V: \textit{gīlāno}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote306-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote306-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote306-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote306-body}{C, D, W: \textit{paribhuñjeyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 40: Dantaponasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 40}{pac40}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp40]{Pācittiya 40: Dantaponasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac40}

\linkdest{endnote307-body}
\linkdest{endnote308-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṁ mukhadvāraṁ āhāraṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote307-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote307-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote307-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote307-body}{V: \textit{adinnaṁ mukhadvāraṁ āhareyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āhareyya, aññatra udakadantapoṇā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote308-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote308-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote308-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote308-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Ra, Dm, SVibh Ce, Pg: \textit{-dantaponā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

\begin{center}
	Bhojanavaggo catuttho
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Acelakavagga
**** Pācittiya 41: Acelakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\subsection{Acelakavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 41}{pac41}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp41]{Pācittiya 41: Acelakasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac41}

\linkdest{endnote309-body}
\linkdest{endnote310-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu acelakassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote309-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote309-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote309-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote309-body}{C: \textit{aceḷak-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā paribbājakassa vā paribbājikāya vā sahatthā khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote310-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote310-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote310-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote310-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee, Um: \textit{khādaniyaṁ \& bhojaniyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā dadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 42: Uyyojanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 42}{pac42}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp42]{Pācittiya 42: Uyyojanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac42}

\linkdest{endnote311-body}
\linkdest{endnote312-body}
\linkdest{endnote313-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ evaṁ vadeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote311-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote311-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote311-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote311-body}{(= Mi \& Mm Se, G, D, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, V, Ra.) C, W, Dm, Um, UP, SVibh Ee, SVibh Ce: ...\textit{bhikkhuṁ ehāvuso}..., i.e., no \textit{evaṁ
vadeyya}. (Pg and Sannē also do not to have it.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Eh'āvuso, gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisissāmā'ti,''\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote312-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote312-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote312-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote312-body}{V: \textit{pavīsissāmā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tassa dāpetvā vā adāpetvā vā uyyojeyya, ``Gacch'āvuso! Na me tayā saddhiṁ kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hoti; ekakassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote313-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote313-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote313-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote313-body}{V: \textit{ekatassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace me kathā vā nisajjā vā phāsu hotī'ti;'' etad'eva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 43: Sabhojanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 43}{pac43}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp43]{Pācittiya 43: Sabhojanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac43}

\linkdest{endnote314-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu sabhojane kule anupakhajja\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote314-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote314-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote314-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote314-body}{Dm, Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{anūpakhajja}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 44: Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 44}{pac44}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp44]{Pācittiya 44: Rahopaṭicchannasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac44}

Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṁ raho paṭicchanne āsane nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 45: Rahonisajjasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 45}{pac45}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp45]{Pācittiya 45: Rahonisajjasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac45}

Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṁ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 46: Cārittasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 46}{pac46}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp46]{Pācittiya 46: Cārittasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac46}

\linkdest{endnote315-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu nimantito sabhatto samāno santaṁ bhikkhuṁ anāpucchā purebhattaṁ vā pacchābhattaṁ vā kulesu cārittaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote315-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote315-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote315-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote315-body}{V: \textit{carittaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āpajjeyya aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ. Tatth'āyaṁ samayo: cīvaradānasamayo, cīvarakārasamayo; ayaṁ tattha samayo.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 47: Mahānāmasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 47}{pac47}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp47]{Pācittiya 47: Mahānāmasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac47}

\linkdest{endnote316-body}
\linkdest{endnote317-body}
\linkdest{endnote318-body}
Agilānena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote316-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote316-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote316-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote316-body}{V: \textit{agīlānena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā cātumāsapaccayapavāraṇā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote317-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote317-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote317-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote317-body}{C, G, W, UP, Dm, SVibh Ce: cātumāsappaccaya-. D, Mi \& Mm Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Um, V, SVibh Ee, Pg: \textit{cātumāsapaccaya-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sāditabbā; aññatra punapavāraṇāya, aññatra niccapavāraṇāya; tato ce uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote318-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote318-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote318-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote318-body}{Be \& UP, Um, SVibh Ee: \textit{uttari}. See NP 3.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sādiyeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 48: Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 48}{pac48}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp48]{Pācittiya 48: Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpada}}
\label{pac48}

\linkdest{endnote319-body}
\linkdest{endnote320-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu uyyuttaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote319-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote319-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote319-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote319-body}{G: \textit{uyyutaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace senaṁ dassanāya gaccheyya; aññatra tathārūpapaccayā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote320-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote320-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote320-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote320-body}{C, D, V, W, Dm, SVibh Ce, UP, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Ra, Pg: -rūpappaccaya. (In G later corrected from -p- to -pp-.) See note to
\textit{-magga(p)paṭipannassa} at NP 16 and \textit{cātumāsapaccaya-} at Pāc 47.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.


#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 49: Senāvāsasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 49}{pac49}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp49]{Pācittiya 49: Senāvāsasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac49}

\linkdest{endnote321-body}
\linkdest{endnote322-body}
\linkdest{endnote323-body}
Siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno koci'd'eva paccayo senaṁ gamanāya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote321-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote321-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote321-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote321-body}{C, W: \textit{senaṅgamanāya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dirattatirattaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote322-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote322-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote322-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote322-body}{Mi \& Mm Se,SVibh Ee: \textit{dvi-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tena bhikkhunā senāya vasitabbaṁ; tato ce uttariṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote323-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote323-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote323-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote323-body}{Be \& UP, Um, SVibh Ee: \textit{uttari}. See NP 3.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vaseyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 50: Uyyodhikasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 50}{pac50}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp50]{Pācittiya 50: Uyyodhikasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac50}

\linkdest{endnote324-body}
\linkdest{endnote325-body}
Dirattatirattañ'ce\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote324-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote324-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote324-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote324-body}{Mi \& Mm Se,SVibh Ee: \textit{dvi-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhu senāya vasamāno, uyyodhikaṁ vā bal'aggaṁ vā senābyūhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote325-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote325-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote325-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote325-body}{Ce Kkh: \textit{-vyūhaṁ}. G, Um, UP, V, Ra, Pg: \textit{-byuhaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā anīkadassanaṁ vā gaccheyya, pācittiyaṁ.

\linkdest{endnote326-body}
\begin{center}
	Acelakavaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote326-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote326-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote326-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote326-body}{C: \textit{aceḷaka-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pañcamo
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Surāpānavagga
**** Pācittiya 51: Surāpānasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\subsection{Surāpānavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 51}{pac51}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp51]{Pācittiya 51: Surāpānasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac51}

Surāmerayapāne pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 52: Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 52}{pac52}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp52]{Pācittiya 52: Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac52}

Aṅgulipatodake pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 53: Hassadhammasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 53}{pac53}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp53]{Pācittiya 53: Hassadhammasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac53}

\linkdest{endnote327-body}
Udake hassadhamme\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote327-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote327-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote327-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote327-body}{Dm, Um: \textit{hasa-}. Mi Se, G, V, SVibh Ee: \textit{hāsa-}. C, D, W, UP, Ee Sp, Mm Se, Mi Se, SVibh Ce v.l.: \textit{hassa-}. SVibh Ee gives all three
readings as Burmese ms. v.l.l.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 54: Anādariyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 54}{pac54}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp54]{Pācittiya 54: Anādariyasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac54}

Anādariye pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 55: Bhiṁsāpanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 55}{pac55}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp55]{Pācittiya 55: Bhiṁsāpanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac55}

Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ bhiṁsāpeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 56: Jotikasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 56}{pac56}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp56]{Pācittiya 56: Jotikasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac56}

\linkdest{endnote328-body}
\linkdest{endnote329-body}
\linkdest{endnote330-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu agilāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote328-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote328-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote328-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote328-body}{V: \textit{agīlāno}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace visibban'āpekkho\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote329-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote329-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote329-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote329-body}{Mm Se, Pg: \textit{visīvanāpekkho}. Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Sannē: \textit{visīvanāpekho}. SVibh Ce, Um, Ra: \textit{visibbanāpekho}. (Cf v.l. at Pāc 36).}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace jotiṁ samādaheyya vā samādahāpeyya vā, aññatra tathārūpapaccayā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote330-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote330-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote330-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote330-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, Dm, Um, UP, V, SVibh Ce: \textit{-rūpappaccayā}; see Pāc 48.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 57: Nahānasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 57}{pac57}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp57]{Pācittiya 57: Nahānasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac57}

\linkdest{endnote331-body}
\linkdest{endnote332-body}
\linkdest{endnote333-body}
\linkdest{endnote334-body}
\linkdest{endnote335-body}
\linkdest{endnote336-body}
\linkdest{endnote337-body}
\linkdest{endnote338-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu oren'aḍḍhamāsaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote331-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote331-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote331-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote331-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, V: \textit{aḍḍha-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace nahāyeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote332-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote332-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote332-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote332-body}{SVibh Ee, Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{nhāyeyya}. V: \textit{ṇhāyeyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace aññatra samayā, pācittiyaṁ. Tatth'āyaṁ samayo: diyaḍḍho\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote333-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote333-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote333-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote333-body}{V: \textit{diyaḍho}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace māso seso gimhānan'ti,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote334-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote334-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote334-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote334-body}{SVibh Be v.l.: \textit{gimhānaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vassānassa paṭhamo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote335-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote335-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote335-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote335-body}{V: \textit{pathamo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace māso, icc'ete aḍḍhateyyamāsā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote336-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote336-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote336-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote336-body}{V: \textit{aḍha-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uṇhasamayo, pariḷāhasamayo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote337-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote337-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote337-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote337-body}{C: \textit{parilāha-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace gilānasamayo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote338-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote338-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote338-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote338-body}{V: \textit{gīlāna-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kammasamayo, addhānagamanasamayo, vātavuṭṭhisamayo; ayaṁ tattha samayo.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 58: Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 58}{pac58}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp58]{Pācittiya 58: Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac58}

\linkdest{endnote338-body}
\linkdest{endnote339-body}
Navaṁ pana\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote339-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote339-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote339-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote339-body}{Mi Se, G, V, P: \textit{navam-pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā cīvaralābhena tiṇṇaṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṁ aññataraṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṁ ādātabbaṁ, nīlaṁ vā kaddamaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote339-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote339-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote330-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote339-body}{V: \textit{kaddumaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā kāḷasāmaṁ vā. Anādā ce bhikkhu tiṇṇaṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇānaṁ aññataraṁ dubbaṇṇakaraṇaṁ navaṁ cīvaraṁ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 59: Vikappanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 59}{pac59}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp59]{Pācittiya 59: Vikappanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac59}
% FIXME I pulled end notes from the draft but there is a different to the final release. some endnotes will be different.
\linkdest{endnote340-body}
\linkdest{endnote341-body}
\linkdest{endnote342-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote340-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote340-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote340-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote340-body}{V: \textit{bhikkhunīyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇerassa vā sāmaṇeriyā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote341-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote341-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote341-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote341-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2: \textit{sāmaṇerāya}. Mm Se: \textit{samaṇerassa}. \textit{samaṇeriyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā sāmaṁ cīvaraṁ vikappetvā apaccuddhārakaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote342-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote342-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote342-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote342-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{appaccuddhāraṇaṁ.} Pg (p. 57): \textit{apaccuddhārakaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 60: Apanidhānasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 60}{pac60}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp60]{Pācittiya 60: Apanidhānasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac60}

\linkdest{endnote343-body}
\linkdest{endnote344-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa pattaṁ vā cīvaraṁ vā nisīdanaṁ vā sūcigharaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote343-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote343-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote343-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote343-body}{D, V, Ra: \textit{suci-}. Cf. Pāc 86.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā kāyabandhanaṁ vā apanidheyya vā apanidhāpeyya vā antamaso hass'āpekkho'pi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote344-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote344-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote344-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote344-body}{Dm, Um, V:  \textit{hasāpekkho}; SVibh Ce, Mi \& Mm Se, G, Pg:  \textit{hassāpekkho}. SVibh Ee:  \textit{hāsāpekkho}. Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra:  \textit{hassāpekho}. Bh Pm 2 v.l. \textit{hasāpekho}. (Cf Nid: \textit{visuddhāpekho}.) SVibh Ee gives all three as Burmese MS. v.l.l.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

\linkdest{endnote345-body}
\begin{center}
	Surāpānavaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote345-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote345-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote345-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote345-body}{V: \textit{-pāṇa-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace chaṭṭho
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Sappāṇakavagga
**** Pācittiya 61: Sañciccasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\subsection{Sappāṇakavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 61}{pac61}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp61]{Pācittiya 61: Sañciccasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac61}

\linkdest{endnote346-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote346-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote346-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote346-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote346-body}{C, W: \textit{pānaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace jīvitā voropeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 62: Sappāṇakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 62}{pac62}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp62]{Pācittiya 62: Sappāṇakasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac62}

\linkdest{endnote347-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ sappāṇakaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote347-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote347-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote347-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote347-body}{C: \textit{-pānakaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace udakaṁ paribhuñjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 63: Ukkoṭanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 63}{pac63}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp63]{Pācittiya 63: Ukkoṭanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac63}

\linkdest{endnote348-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ yathādhammaṁ nihat'ādhikaraṇaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote348-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote348-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote348-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote348-body}{Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{nīhat-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace punakammāya ukkoṭeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 64: Duṭṭhullasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 64}{pac64}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp64]{Pācittiya 64: Duṭṭhullasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac64}

Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa jānaṁ duṭṭhullaṁ āpattiṁ paṭicchādeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 65: Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 65}{pac65}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp65]{Pācittiya 65: Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac65}

\linkdest{endnote349-body}
\linkdest{endnote350-body}
\linkdest{endnote351-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ ūnavīsativassaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote349-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote349-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote349-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote349-body}{G: ūṇa-. V: \textit{ona-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace puggalaṁ upasampādeyya, so ca puggalo anupasampanno,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote350-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote350-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote350-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote350-body}{V: \textit{anūpasampanno}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace te ca\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote351-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote351-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote351-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote351-body}{No \textit{ca} in V.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhū gārayhā. Idaṁ tasmiṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 66: Theyyasatthasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 66}{pac66}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp66]{Pācittiya 66: Theyyasatthasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac66}

Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ theyyasatthena saddhiṁ saṁvidhāya ek'addhānamaggaṁ paṭipajjeyya antamaso gām'antaram'pi, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 67: Saṁvidhānasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 67}{pac67}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp67]{Pācittiya 67: Saṁvidhānasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac67}

Yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṁ saṁvidhāya ek'addhānamaggaṁ paṭipajjeyya antamaso gām'antaram'pi, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 68: Ariṭṭhasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 68}{pac68}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp68]{Pācittiya 68: Ariṭṭhasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac68}

\linkdest{endnote352-body}
\linkdest{endnote353-body}
\linkdest{endnote354-body}
\linkdest{endnote355-body}
\linkdest{endnote356-body}
\linkdest{endnote357-body}
\linkdest{endnote358-body}
\linkdest{endnote359-body}
\linkdest{endnote360-body}
\linkdest{endnote361-body}
\linkdest{endnote362-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya, ``Tath'āhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote352-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote352-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote352-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote352-body}{G, P: \textit{ajānāmi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace yathā ye'me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato n'ālaṁ antarāyāyā'ti,'' so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam'assa vacanīyo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote353-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote353-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote353-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote353-body}{V: \textit{vacaniyo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Mā āyasmā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote354-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote354-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote354-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote354-body}{Dm, UP, SVibh Ee, Um: \textit{māyasmā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote355-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote355-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote355-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote355-body}{Mi Se, G, V: \textit{abbhācikkha}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote356-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote356-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote356-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote356-body}{Um, SVibh Be v.l., Mi Se v.l.: \textit{abbhācikkhanaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya; anekapariyāyena āvuso\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote357-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote357-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote357-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote357-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{-pariyāyenāvuso}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote358-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote358-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote358-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote358-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, V, Ra: \textit{āvuso antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā} D: \textit{anekapariyāyena āvuso antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā} (Probably a misprint as not found in Malwatta mss.) (Pg unclear.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vuttā bhagavatā, alañ'ca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā'ti,'' evañ'ca\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote359-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote359-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote359-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote359-body}{SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee, Um, SVibh Be v.l., Mi v.l.: `\textit{evañ-ca pana so}. (Pg: ...\textit{evaṁ so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi}...)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tath'eva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṁ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya, yāvatatiyañ'ce\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote360-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote360-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote360-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote360-body}{C, W, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, SVibh Ce: \textit{yāvatatiyaṁ ce}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace samanubhāsiyamāno taṁ paṭinissajeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote361-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote361-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote361-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote361-body}{C, D, W. Other editions: \textit{paṭinissajjeyya}. See Sd 10.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace icc'etaṁ kusalaṁ, no ce paṭinissajeyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote362-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote362-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote362-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote362-body}{C, D, W. Other editions: \textit{paṭinissajjeyya}. See Sd 10.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 69: Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 69}{pac69}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp69]{Pācittiya 69: Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac69}

\linkdest{endnote363-body}
\linkdest{endnote364-body}
\linkdest{endnote365-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ tathāvādinā bhikkhunā akaṭ'ānudhammena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote363-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote363-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote363-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote363-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, G, Um, UP, V: \textit{akatānudhammena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taṁ diṭṭhiṁ appaṭinissaṭṭhena saddhiṁ sambhuñjeyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote364-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote364-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote364-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote364-body}{G, SVibh Ee: \textit{saṁbhuñjeyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā saṁvaseyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote365-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote365-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote365-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote365-body}{D, G, V, SVibh Ee: \textit{saṁvāseyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā saha vā seyyaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 70: Kaṇṭakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 70}{pac70}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp70]{Pācittiya 70: Kaṇṭakasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac70}

\linkdest{endnote366-body}
\linkdest{endnote367-body}
\linkdest{endnote368-body}
\linkdest{endnote369-body}
\linkdest{endnote370-body}
\linkdest{endnote371-body}
\linkdest{endnote372-body}
\linkdest{endnote373-body}
\linkdest{endnote374-body}
\linkdest{endnote375-body}
\linkdest{endnote376-body}
\linkdest{endnote377-body}
\linkdest{endnote378-body}
Samaṇ'uddeso'pi ce evaṁ vadeyya, ``Tath'āhaṁ bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāmi,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote366-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote366-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote366-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote366-body}{G, P: \textit{ajānāmi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace yathā ye'me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato n'ālaṁ antarāyāyā'ti,'' so samaṇ'uddeso bhikkhūhi evam'assa vacanīyo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote367-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote367-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote367-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote367-body}{V: \textit{vacaniyo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Mā āvuso\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote368-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote368-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote368-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote368-body}{Dm, UP, SVibh Ee: \textit{māvuso}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace samaṇ'uddesa evaṁ avaca, mā bhagavantaṁ abbhācikkhi,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote369-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote369-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote369-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote369-body}{Mi Se, G, V: \textit{abbhācikkha}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote370-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote370-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote370-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote370-body}{Um, SVibh Be v.l., Mi Se v.l.: \textit{abbhācikkhanaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace na hi bhagavā evaṁ vadeyya; anekapariyāyena āvuso\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote371-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote371-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote371-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote371-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{-pariyāyenāvuso}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace samaṇ'uddesa antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote372-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote372-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote372-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote372-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, V, Ra: \textit{āvuso antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā} D: \textit{anekapariyāyena āvuso antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā} (Probably a misprint as not found in Malwatta mss.) (Pg unclear.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vuttā bhagavatā, alañ'ca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā'ti,'' evañ'ca\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote373-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote373-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote373-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote373-body}{SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee, Um, SVibh Be v.l., Mi v.l.: \textit{evañ-ca pana so}. (Pg: ...\textit{evaṁ so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi}...)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace so samaṇ'uddeso bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tath'eva paggaṇheyya, so samaṇ'uddeso bhikkhūhi evam'assa vacanīyo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote374-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote374-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote374-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote374-body}{V: \textit{vacaniyo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Ajja't'agge te āvuso samaṇ'uddesa na c'eva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo, yam'pi c'aññe samaṇ'uddesā labhanti bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ dirattatirattaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote375-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote375-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote375-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote375-body}{Mm Se, SVibh Ee: \textit{dvi-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace saha seyyaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote376-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote376-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote376-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote376-body}{Dm, SVibh Ce, UP, Mm \& Mi Se, V, SVibh Ee,: \textit{sahaseyyaṁ}. See Pāc 5.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sā'pi te n'atthi, carapire\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote377-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote377-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote377-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote377-body}{Dm, Um, UP, SVibh Ee, Mi \& Mm Se, V, W: pire. Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, SVibh Ce, Ra, Pg, Ce Kkh: \textit{pare}. G: \textit{cara pi pare}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vinassā'ti.'' Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ tathānāsitaṁ samaṇ'uddesaṁ upalāpeyya vā upaṭṭhāpeyya vā sambhuñjeyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote378-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote378-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote378-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote378-body}{G, SVibh Ee: \textit{saṁbhuñjeyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā saha vā seyyaṁ kappeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

\linkdest{endnote379-body}
\begin{center}
	Sappāṇakavaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote379-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote379-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote379-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote379-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, V: \textit{sappāṇavaggo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sattamo
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Sahadhammikavagga
**** Pācittiya 71: Sahadhammikasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\subsection{Sahadhammikavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 71}{pac71}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp71]{Pācittiya 71: Sahadhammikasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac71}

\linkdest{endnote380-body}
\linkdest{endnote381-body}
\linkdest{endnote382-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno evaṁ vadeyya, ``Na tāv'āhaṁ āvuso etasmiṁ sikkhāpade sikkhissāmi, yāva na aññaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote380-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote380-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote380-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote380-body}{Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{naññaṁ}. G: \textit{na aṁñaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuṁ byattaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote381-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote381-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote381-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote381-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, UP, Ra, SVibh Ce, Pg: \textit{vyattaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vinayadharaṁ paripucchāmī''ti, pācittiyaṁ. Sikkhamānena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā aññātabbaṁ paripucchitabbaṁ paripañhitabbaṁ.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote382-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote382-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote382-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote382-body}{D, G, V: - \textit{paṇhi-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 72: Vilekhanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 72}{pac72}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp72]{Pācittiya 72: Vilekhanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac72}

\linkdest{endnote383-body}
\linkdest{endnote384-body}
\linkdest{endnote385-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu pātimokkhe\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote383-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote383-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote383-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote383-body}{Mm Se, G, V: \textit{pāṭimokkhe}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uddissamāne evaṁ vadeyya, ``Kiṁ pan'imehi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote384-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote384-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote384-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote384-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, V: \textit{kim-pan'imehi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace khudd'ānukhuddakehi sikkhāpadehi uddiṭṭhehi; yāva'd'eva kukkuccāya, vihesāya, vilekhāya saṁvattantī'ti,'' sikkhāpadavivaṇṇake,\makeatletter
\hyperlink{endnote385-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote385-body}{}{\pagenote{%
   \hypertarget{endnote385-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote385-body}{Dm, UP, G, V, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee: \textit{vivaṇṇake}. 
   BhPm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Mi \& Mm Se, Um, Ra, Pg, Ce Kkh: vivaṇṇanake.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 73: Mohanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 73}{pac73}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp73]{Pācittiya 73: Mohanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac73}

\linkdest{endnote386-body}
\linkdest{endnote387-body}
\linkdest{endnote388-body}
\linkdest{endnote389-body}
\linkdest{endnote390-body}
\linkdest{endnote391-body}
\linkdest{endnote392-body}
\linkdest{endnote393-body}
\linkdest{endnote394-body}
\linkdest{endnote395-body}
\linkdest{endnote396-body}
\linkdest{endnote397-body}
\linkdest{endnote398-body}
\linkdest{endnote399-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu anvaḍḍhamāsaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote386-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote386-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote386-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote386-body}{As in Pāc 57, only Mi \& Mm Se, \& V read \textit{anvaḍḍha-}. The rest read \textit{anvaddha-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace  pātimokkhe\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote387-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote387-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote387-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote387-body}{Mm Se, G, V: \textit{pāṭimokkhe}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uddissamāne evaṁ vadeyya, ``Idān'eva kho\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote388-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote388-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote388-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote388-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, W, UP, Ra: \textit{kho āvuso}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ahaṁ jānāmi,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote389-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote389-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote389-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote389-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Mi \& Mm Se, V, Ra, Pg: \textit{ājānāmi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ayam'pi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote390-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote390-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote390-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote390-body}{Um: \textit{ayaṁ pi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kira dhammo sutt'āgato suttapariyāpanno anvaḍḍhamāsaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote391-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote391-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote391-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote391-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, \& V: \textit{anvaḍḍha-}. In the second occurrence of this word in this rule G read \textit{-ḍḍh-}, but was corrected to \textit{-ddh-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uddesaṁ āgacchatī'ti,'' tañ'ce\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote392-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote392-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote392-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote392-body}{C: \textit{taṁ ce}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuṁ aññe bhikkhū jāneyyuṁ, ``Nisinnapubbaṁ iminā bhikkhunā dvattikkhattuṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote393-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote393-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote393-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote393-body}{SVibh Ee, Mm Se: \textit{dvi-}. (Mi Se reads \textit{dva-} here, instead of \textit{dvi-} elsewhere. See NP 10.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pātimokkhe\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote394-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote394-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote394-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote394-body}{Mm Se, G, V: \textit{pāṭimokkhe}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uddissamāne. Ko pana vādo bhiyyo'ti,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote395-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote395-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote395-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote395-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, C, D, V: \textit{bhiyyo ti}. Bh Pm 1 \& 2, G, Um: \textit{bhīyyo ti}. Others MS and texts have \textit{bhiyyo na ca} without \textit{ti}. (Pg unclear.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace na ca tassa bhikkhuno aññāṇakena mutti atthi, yañ'ca tattha āpattiṁ āpanno, tañ'ca yathā dhammo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote396-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote396-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote396-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote396-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Ra: \textit{yathā dhammo}. Other printed eds: \textit{yathādhammo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kāretabbo, uttariñ'c'assa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote397-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote397-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote397-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote397-body}{Dm, SVibh Ee, Um: \textit{uttari cassa}. C, G, W, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, SVibh Ce, Ra: \textit{uttariṁ cassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace moho āropetabbo, ``Tassa te āvuso alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṁ. Yaṁ tvaṁ pātimokkhe\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote398-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote398-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote398-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote398-body}{Mm Se, G, V: \textit{pāṭimokkhe}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uddissamāne, na sādhukaṁ aṭṭhikatvā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote399-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote399-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote399-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote399-body}{Dm, Um, UP: \textit{aṭṭhiṁ katvā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace manasikarosī'ti.'' Idaṁ tasmiṁ mohanake, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 74: Pahārasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 74}{pac74}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp74]{Pācittiya 74: Pahārasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac74}

\linkdest{endnote400-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa kupito\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote400-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote400-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote400-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote400-body}{V: \textit{kuppito}. (Cf NP 25 \& Pāc 17.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace anattamano pahāraṁ dadeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 75: Talasattikasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 75}{pac75}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp75]{Pācittiya 75: Talasattikasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac75}

\linkdest{endnote401-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa kupito\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote401-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote401-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote401-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote401-body}{V: \textit{kuppito}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace anattamano talasattikaṁ uggireyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 76: Amūlakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 76}{pac76}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp76]{Pācittiya 76: Amūlakasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac76}

Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṁseyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 77: Sañciccasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 77}{pac77}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp77]{Pācittiya 77: Sañciccasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac77}

\linkdest{endnote402-body}
\linkdest{endnote403-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa sañcicca\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote402-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote402-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote402-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote402-body}{W: \textit{saṁcicca} (but not so at Pār 3 and Pāc 61.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kukkuccaṁ upadaheyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote403-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote403-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote403-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote403-body}{Ra, Pg, UP v.l.: \textit{uppādeyya}. G: \textit{uppādaheyya}. V: \textit{upādaheyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Iti'ssa muhuttam'pi aphāsu bhavissatī'ti,'' etad'eva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 78: Upassutisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 78}{pac78}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp78]{Pācittiya 78: Upassutisikkhāpada}}
\label{pac78}

\linkdest{endnote404-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṁ bhaṇḍanajātānaṁ kalahajātānaṁ vivād'āpannānaṁ upassutiṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote404-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote404-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote404-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote404-body}{Mi Se, Bh Pm 2, Pg: \textit{upassuti}. V: \textit{upassūti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tiṭṭheyya: ``Yaṁ ime bhaṇissanti, taṁ sossāmī'ti,'' etad'eva paccayaṁ karitvā anaññaṁ, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 79: Kammappaṭibāhanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 79}{pac79}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp79]{Pācittiya 79: Kammappaṭibāhanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac79}

\linkdest{endnote405-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu dhammikānaṁ kammānaṁ chandaṁ datvā pacchā khiyyanadhammaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote405-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote405-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote405-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote405-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, W, Dm, Um, Ra, SVibh Ce, \textit{Parivāra} Be: \textit{khīyana-}. Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{khiyyana-}. (Also at Pāc 81.) Parivāra Ce: \textit{khiyana-}. V: \textit{khiyya-}. SVibh Ee, \textit{Parivāra} Ee: \textit{khīya-}. (This reading is also at A III 269, IV 374.) Cf \textit{khiyyanaka} at Pāc 13.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āpajjeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 80: Chandaṁ-adatvā-gamanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 80}{pac80}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp80]{Pācittiya 80: Chandaṁ-adatvā-gamanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac80}

Yo pana bhikkhu saṅghe vinicchayakathāya vattamānāya chandaṁ adatvā uṭṭhāy'āsanā pakkameyya, pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 81: Dubbalasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 81}{pac81}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp81]{Pācittiya 81: Dubbalasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac81}

\linkdest{endnote406-body}
\linkdest{endnote407-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu samaggena saṅghena cīvaraṁ datvā pacchā khiyyanadhammaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote406-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote406-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote406-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote406-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, W, Dm, Um, Ra, SVibh Ce, \textit{Parivāra} Be: \textit{khīyana-}. Mi \& Mm Se: \textit{khiyyana-}. (Also at Pāc 81.) \textit{Parivāra} Ce: \textit{khiyana-}. V: \textit{khiyya-}. SVibh Ee, \textit{Parivāra} Ee: \textit{khīya-}. (This reading is also at A III 269, IV 374.) Cf \textit{khiyyanaka} at Pāc 13.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āpajjeyya, ``Yathāsanthutaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote407-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote407-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote407-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote407-body}{D: \textit{-santhavaṁ}. SVibh Ee: \textit{-santataṁ}. Pg, G: \textit{-santhataṁ}. V: \textit{-saṇṭhataṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhū saṅghikaṁ lābhaṁ pariṇāmentī'ti'', pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 82: Pariṇāmanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 82}{pac82}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp82]{Pācittiya 82: Pariṇāmanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac82}

Yo pana bhikkhu jānaṁ saṅghikaṁ lābhaṁ pariṇataṁ puggalassa pariṇāmeyya, pācittiyaṁ.

\begin{center}
	Sahadhammikavaggo aṭṭhamo
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Rājavagga
**** Pācittiya 83: Antepurasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\subsection{Rājavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 83}{pac83}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp83]{Pācittiya 83: Antepurasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac83}

\linkdest{endnote408-body}
\linkdest{endnote409-body}
\linkdest{endnote410-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu rañño khattiyassa muddh'ābhisittassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote408-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote408-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote408-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote408-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, D, Ra, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee, Pg: \textit{muddhāvasitassa}. (Pg: ...\textit{muddhāni abhisitassa rañño}... \textit{muddhāni avasitto}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace anikkhantarājake aniggataratanake\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote409-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote409-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote409-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote409-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, G, W, Mi Se, SVibh Ce, Ee Sp, Ce Kkh, Pg: \textit{anībhata-}. V: \textit{anibhata-}. D, Ra, UP sīhala v.l.: \textit{anīhata}. (The \textit{bh} and \textit{h} characters are very similar in Sinhala script.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pubbe appaṭisaṁvidito indakhīlaṁ atikkameyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote410-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote410-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote410-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote410-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, V, W, Ra: \textit{atikkameyya}. Other eds. \textit{atikkāmeyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 84: Ratanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 84}{pac84}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp84]{Pācittiya 84: Ratanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac84}

\linkdest{endnote411-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu ratanaṁ vā ratanasammataṁ vā, aññatra ajjhārāmā vā ajjhāvasathā vā uggaṇheyya vā uggaṇhāpeyya vā, pācittiyaṁ. Ratanaṁ vā pana bhikkhunā ratanasammataṁ vā ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote411-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote411-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote411-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote411-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Mi \& Mm Se, G, V, Ra, Pg: \textit{uggaṇhāpetvā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā nikkhipitabbaṁ, ``Yassa bhavissati, so harissatī'ti.'' Ayaṁ tattha sāmīci.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 85: Vikālagāmappavesanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 85}{pac85}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp85]{Pācittiya 85: Vikālagāmappavesanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac85}

\linkdest{endnote412-body}
\linkdest{endnote413-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu santaṁ bhikkhuṁ anāpucchā vikāle gāmaṁ paviseyya,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote412-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote412-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote412-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote412-body}{V: \textit{pavīseyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote413-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote413-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote413-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote413-body}{V: \textit{karaṇiyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 86: Sūcigharasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 86}{pac86}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp86]{Pācittiya 86: Sūcigharasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac86}

\linkdest{endnote414-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu aṭṭhimayaṁ vā dantamayaṁ vā visāṇamayaṁ vā sūcigharaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote414-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote414-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote414-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote414-body}{V: \textit{suci-}. Cf. Pāc. 60.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kārāpeyya, bhedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 87: Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 87}{pac87}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp87]{Pācittiya 87: Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac87}

\linkdest{endnote415-body}
\linkdest{endnote416-body}
\linkdest{endnote417-body}
\linkdest{endnote418-body}
\linkdest{endnote419-body}
Navaṁ pana\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote415-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote415-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote415-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote415-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Mi Se, G, V: \textit{navampana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote416-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote416-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote416-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote416-body}{V: \textit{pithaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā kārayamānena aṭṭh'aṅgulapādakaṁ kāretabbaṁ sugataṅgulena,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote417-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote417-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote417-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote417-body}{V: \textit{sutaṅgulena-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace aññatra heṭṭhimāya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote418-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote418-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote418-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote418-body}{Mm Se: \textit{hetthimāya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace aṭaniyā.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote419-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote419-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote419-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote419-body}{V: \textit{aṭṭhaniyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Taṁ atikkāmayato, chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 88: Tūlonaddhasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 88}{pac88}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp88]{Pācittiya 88: Tūlonaddhasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac88}

\linkdest{endnote420-body}
\linkdest{endnote421-body}
\linkdest{endnote422-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu mañcaṁ vā pīṭhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote420-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote420-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote420-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote420-body}{V: \textit{pithaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā tūl'onaddhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote421-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote421-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote421-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote421-body}{C, UP, V, Ra: \textit{tul-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kārāpeyya, uddālanakaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote422-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote422-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote422-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote422-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Ra, Pg: \textit{uddāḷanakaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 89: Nisīdanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 89}{pac89}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp89]{Pācittiya 89: Nisīdanasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac89}

\linkdest{endnote423-body}
\linkdest{endnote424-body}
\linkdest{endnote425-body}
Nisīdanaṁ pana\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote423-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote423-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote423-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote423-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, G, V, W, Mi Se, Sannē: \textit{nisīdanam-pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikaṁ kāretabbaṁ. Tatr'idaṁ pamāṇaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote424-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote424-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote424-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote424-body}{V: \textit{tatrīdaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dīghaso dve vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ diyaḍḍhaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote425-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote425-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote425-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote425-body}{V: \textit{diyaḍhaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dasā vidatthi. Taṁ atikkāmayato, chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 90: Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 90}{pac90}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp90]{Pācittiya 90: Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpada}}
\label{pac90}

\linkdest{endnote426-body}
\linkdest{endnote427-body}
Kaṇḍupaṭicchādiṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote426-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote426-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote426-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote426-body}{Dm: kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṁ. Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, G: \textit{-cchādim-pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatr'idaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote427-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote427-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote427-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote427-body}{V: \textit{tatrīdaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pamāṇaṁ, dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ dve vidatthiyo. Taṁ atikkāmayato, chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 91: Vassikasāṭikāsikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 91}{pac91}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp91]{Pācittiya 91: Vassikasāṭikāsikkhāpada}}
\label{pac91}

\linkdest{endnote428-body}
\linkdest{endnote429-body}
\linkdest{endnote430-body}
\linkdest{endnote431-body}
Vassikasāṭikaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote428-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote428-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote428-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote428-body}{G, Mi Se v.l. (\textit{porānapotthake, marammapotthake}): \textit{-sāṭikā}. It is possible that originally this rule and the previous one read \textit{-cchādī/-cchādi} and \textit{-sāṭikā}, i.e., nominative feminines (as found in the \textit{padabhājana}). The sentence is passive and the patient is therefore in the nominative.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pana\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote429-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote429-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote429-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote429-body}{C, Sannē: \textit{-sāṭikam-pana}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunā kārayamānena pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatr'idaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote430-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote430-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote430-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote430-body}{V: \textit{tatrīdaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pamāṇaṁ, dīghaso cha vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ aḍḍhateyyā.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote431-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote431-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote431-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote431-body}{V: \textit{aḍhateyya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Taṁ atikkāmayato, chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ.

#+end_src

**** Pācittiya 92: Nandasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pācittiya 92}{pac92}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[exp92]{Pācittiya 92: Nandasikkhāpada}}
\label{pac92}

\linkdest{endnote432-body}
\linkdest{endnote433-body}
\linkdest{endnote434-body}
\linkdest{endnote435-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu sugatacīvarappamāṇaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote432-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote432-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote432-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote432-body}{G: \textit{sugatacīvaram-pamāṇaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace cīvaraṁ kārāpeyya atirekaṁ vā, chedanakaṁ pācittiyaṁ. Tatr'idaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote433-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote433-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote433-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote433-body}{V: \textit{tatrīdaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sugatassa sugatacīvarappamāṇaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote434-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote434-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote434-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote434-body}{G: \textit{sugatacīvaram-pamāṇaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dīghaso nava vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṁ cha vidatthiyo. Idaṁ sugatassa sugatacīvarappamāṇaṁ.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote435-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote435-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote435-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote435-body}{C, W, Dm, Um, Mi Se v.l.:  pamāṇan-ti. D:  pamāṇaṁ ti. G (In a later faint correction.): sugatacīvaram-pamāṇan-ti. This
quotation mark ti here seems to be a remnant from the quotation of the rule in the Suttavibhaṅga. In the Suttavibhaṅga all rules end in ti as they were spoken by the Buddha, while the {Pātimokkha} is recited by other monks.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
% TODO replace endotes with final version
\linkdest{endnote436-body}
\begin{center}
	Rājavaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote436-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote436-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote436-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote436-body}{All editions, except SVibh Ce, have: \textit{ratanavagga}. The SVibh Ce reading has been chosen here as it is found in the \textit{Parivāra},
Vin V 27; see the section on chapter-division in the Introduction. The \textit{Sikkhāpada-uddāna} at the end of Bh Pm 1 and 2 (see below) also has \textit{rājavagga} in its summary of the Pācittiya section-titles.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace navamo
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/pacittiya.tex

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā.

	\smallskip

	Tatth'āyasmante pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Dutiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Tatiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?

	\smallskip

\linkdest{endnote437-body}
	Parisuddh'etth'āyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam'etaṁ dhārayāmi.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote437-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote437-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote437-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote437-body}{Dm, UP, Ra, Um: \textit{dhārayāmī ti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

\begin{outro}
	Dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā niṭṭhitā
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Pāṭidesanīyā
*** Pāṭidesanīya 1: Paṭhamapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/patidesaniya.tex

\section{Pāṭidesanīyā}
\label{pd}

\linkdest{endnote438-body}
\begin{intro}
	Ime kho pan'āyasmanto cattāro pāṭidesanīyā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote438-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote438-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote438-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote438-body}{C, D, V, W, G, SVibh Ee: \textit{pāṭidesaniyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.
\end{intro}

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsubsectionFmtalt}
\pdfbookmark[3]{Pāṭidesanīyā 1}{pd1}
\subsection*{\hyperref[ack1]{Pāṭidesanīyā 1: Paṭhamapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpada}}
\label{pd1}

\linkdest{endnote439-body}
\linkdest{endnote440-body}
\linkdest{endnote441-body}
Yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā antaragharaṁ paviṭṭhāya hatthato khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote439-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote439-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote439-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote439-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee, Um: \textit{khādaniyaṁ \& bhojaniyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā sahatthā paṭiggahetvā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, paṭidesetabbaṁ tena bhikkhunā, ``Gārayhaṁ āvuso dhammaṁ āpajjiṁ, asappāyaṁ, pāṭidesanīyaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote440-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote440-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote440-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote440-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee: \textit{pāṭidesaniyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taṁ paṭidesemī'ti.''\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote441-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote441-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote441-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote441-body}{Bh Pm 1: iti. (Not so in Pd 2, but again in Pd 3–4.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

#+end_src

*** Pāṭidesanīya 2: Dutiyapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/patidesaniya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pāṭidesanīyā 2}{pd2}
\subsection*{\hyperref[ack2]{Pāṭidesanīyā 2: Dutiyapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpada}}
\label{pd2}

\linkdest{endnote442-body}
\linkdest{endnote443-body}
\linkdest{endnote444-body}
\linkdest{endnote445-body}
\linkdest{endnote446-body}
\linkdest{endnote447-body}
\linkdest{endnote448-body}
\linkdest{endnote449-body}
\linkdest{endnote450-body}
\linkdest{endnote451-body}
Bhikkhū pan'eva kulesu nimantitā bhuñjanti, tatra ce\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote442-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote442-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote442-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote442-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, V, W, Dm, Um, UP, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee, Mi Se, Ra, Pg: \textit{tatra ce sā bhikkhunī}. Mi Se v.l., Mm Se: \textit{tatra ce
bhikkhunī}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhunī\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote443-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote443-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote443-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote443-body}{W: \textit{bhikkhuni}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vosāsamānarūpā ṭhitā hoti, ``Idha sūpaṁ detha, idha odanaṁ dethā'ti,'' tehi bhikkhūhi sā bhikkhunī\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote444-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote444-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote444-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote444-body}{W: \textit{bhikkhuni}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace apasādetabbā, ``Apasakka tāva bhagini,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote445-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote445-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote445-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote445-body}{C, Um: \textit{bhaginī}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace yāva bhikkhū bhuñjantī'ti,'' ekassa'pi ce\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote446-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote446-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote446-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote446-body}{D, W, Um, UP, SVibh Ee, Sannē: \textit{ce pi}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhikkhuno nappaṭibhāseyya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote447-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote447-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote447-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote447-body}{Dm, UP, SVibh Ee: na paṭibhāseyya. (Pg: \textit{nappaṭibhāseyya}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taṁ bhikkhuniṁ apasādetuṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote448-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote448-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote448-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote448-body}{G: \textit{appasādetuṁ} ? immediately (inked) corrected to \textit{appa-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace ``Apasakka tāva bhagini,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote449-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote449-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote449-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote449-body}{C, Um: \textit{bhaginī}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace yāva bhikkhū bhuñjantī'ti,'' paṭidesetabbaṁ tehi bhikkhūhi, ``Gārayhaṁ āvuso dhammaṁ āpajjimhā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote450-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote450-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote450-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote450-body}{C, D, W, Um, Sannē: \textit{āpajjimha} (= also a legitimate 1 pl. a-aorist.) In G the \textit{ā} character stroke in \textit{-imhā} has been scribbled through making it \textit{-imha}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace asappāyaṁ, pāṭidesanīyaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote451-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote451-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote451-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote451-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee: \textit{pāṭidesaniyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taṁ paṭidesemā'ti.''
% FIXME some these endnotes also are not here in the final version. the entire document needs to be checked!
#+end_src

*** Pāṭidesanīya 3: Tatiyapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/patidesaniya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pāṭidesanīyā 3}{pd3}
\subsection*{\hyperref[ack3]{Pāṭidesanīyā 3: Tatiyapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpada}}
\label{pd3}

\linkdest{endnote452-body}
\linkdest{endnote453-body}
\linkdest{endnote454-body}
\linkdest{endnote455-body}
\linkdest{endnote456-body}
\linkdest{endnote457-body}
\linkdest{endnote458-body}
Yāni kho pana tāni sekhasammatāni\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote452-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote452-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote452-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote452-body}{Dm, Mi \& Mm Se, G, V: \textit{sekkha-}. (Pg: \textit{sekha-})}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kulāni, yo pana bhikkhu tathārūpesu sekhasammatesu\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote453-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote453-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote453-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote453-body}{Dm, Mi \& Mm Se, G, V: \textit{sekkha-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kulesu pubbe animantito\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote454-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote454-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote454-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote454-body}{C, W: \textit{apanimantito}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace agilāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote455-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote455-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote455-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote455-body}{V: \textit{agīlāno}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote456-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote456-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote456-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote456-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee, Um: \textit{khādaniyaṁ \& bhojaniyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā sahatthā paṭiggahetvā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, paṭidesetabbaṁ tena bhikkhunā, ``Gārayhaṁ āvuso dhammaṁ āpajjiṁ, asappāyaṁ, pāṭidesanīyaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote457-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote457-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote457-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote457-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee: \textit{pāṭidesaniyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taṁ paṭidesemī'ti.''\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote458-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote458-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote458-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote458-body}{Bh Pm 1: \textit{iti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

#+end_src

*** Pāṭidesanīya 4: Catutthapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/patidesaniya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Pāṭidesanīyā 4}{pd4}
\subsection*{\hyperref[ack4]{Pāṭidesanīyā 4: Catutthapāṭidesanīyasikkhāpada}}
\label{pd4}

\linkdest{endnote459-body}
\linkdest{endnote460-body}
\linkdest{endnote461-body}
\linkdest{endnote462-body}
\linkdest{endnote463-body}
\linkdest{endnote464-body}
Yāni kho pana tāni āraññakāni sen'āsanāni sāsaṅkasammatāni\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote459-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote459-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote459-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote459-body}{C, W: \textit{-saṁka-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sappaṭibhayāni, yo pana bhikkhu tathārūpesu sen'āsanesu\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote460-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote460-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote460-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote460-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, V, W, Mi \& Mm Se, SVibh Ce, Ra, Sannē: \textit{senāsanesu
viharanto}. Dm, SVibh Ee, Um, and UP omit \textit{viharanto}.})}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pubbe appaṭisaṁviditaṁ khādanīyaṁ vā bhojanīyaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote461-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote461-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote461-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote461-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee, Um: \textit{khādaniyaṁ \& bhojaniyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā ajjhārāme sahatthā paṭiggahetvā agilāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote462-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote462-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote462-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote462-body}{V: \textit{agīlāno}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, paṭidesetabbaṁ tena bhikkhunā: ``Gārayhaṁ āvuso dhammaṁ āpajjiṁ, asappāyaṁ, pāṭidesanīyaṁ,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote463-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote463-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote463-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote463-body}{C, D, W, SVibh Ee: \textit{pāṭidesaniyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace taṁ paṭidesemī'ti.''\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote464-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote464-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote464-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote464-body}{Bh Pm 1: \textit{iti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/patidesaniya.tex

\medskip

\linkdest{endnote465-body}
\linkdest{endnote466-body}
\begin{center}
	Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto cattāro pāṭidesanīyā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote465-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote465-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote465-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote465-body}{C, D, V, W, G, SVibh Ee: \textit{pāṭidesaniyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammā.

	\smallskip

	Tatth'āyasmante pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Dutiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Tatiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?

	\smallskip

	Parisuddh'etth'āyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam'etaṁ dhārayāmi.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote466-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote466-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote466-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote466-body}{Dm, UP, Ra, Um: \textit{dhārayāmī ti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

\linkdest{endnote467-body}
\linkdest{endnote468-body}
\begin{outro}
	Cattāro pāṭidesanīyā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote467-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote467-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote467-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote467-body}{C, D, V, W, G, SVibh Ee: \textit{pāṭidesaniyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammā niṭṭhitā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote468-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote468-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote468-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote468-body}{C, G, W, Dm, UP, Ñd Ce, Mm Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Um. Mi Se: \textit{Cattāro pāṭidesanīyā niṭṭhitā}. D: \textit{Pāṭidesaniyaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Sekhiyā
*** Parimaṇḍalavagga
**** Sekhiya 1 & 2: Parimaṇḍalasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\section{Sekhiyā}
\label{sekh}

\linkdest{endnote469-body}
\begin{intro}
	Ime kho pan'āyasmanto sekhiyā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote469-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote469-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote469-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote469-body}{Mi Se, V: \textit{pañcasattati sekhiyā dhammā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.
\end{intro}

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{Parimaṇḍalavagga}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 1 \& 2}{sekh1-2}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training1-2]{Sekhiya 1 \& 2: Parimaṇḍalasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh1-2}

\linkdest{endnote470-body}
\linkdest{endnote471-body}
Parimaṇḍalaṁ nivāsessāmī'ti,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote470-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote470-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote470-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote470-body}{C, P: \textit{nivāsissāmī}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sikkhā karaṇīyā.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote471-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote471-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote471-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote471-body}{V: \textit{karaṇiyā} throughout the Sekhiyā section.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace\\
Parimaṇḍalaṁ pārupissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 3 & 4: Suppaṭicchannasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 3 \& 4}{sekh3-4}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training3-4]{Sekhiya 3 \& 4: Suppaṭicchannasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh3-4}

\linkdest{endnote472-body}
Supaṭicchanno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote472-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote472-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote472-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote472-body}{Dm: \textit{suppaṭicchanno}. (Pg: \textit{supāṭi-})}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace antaraghare gamissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Supaṭicchanno antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 5 & 6: Susaṁvutasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 5 \& 6}{sekh5-6}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training5-6]{Sekhiya 5 \& 6: Susaṁvutasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh5-6}

Susaṁvuto antaraghare gamissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Susaṁvuto antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 7 & 8: Okkhittacakkhusikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 7 \& 8}{sekh7-8}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training7-8]{Sekhiya 7 \& 8: Okkhittacakkhusikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh7-8}

Okkhittacakkhu antaraghare gamissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Okkhittacakkhu antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 9 & 10: Ukkhittakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 9 \& 10}{sekh9-10}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training9-10]{Sekhiya 9 \& 10: Ukkhittakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh9-10}

\linkdest{endnote473-body}
Na ukkhittakāya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote473-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote473-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote473-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote473-body}{D, P: \textit{-kāyaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace antaraghare gamissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Na ukkhittakāya antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

\linkdest{endnote474-body}
\begin{center}
	Parimaṇḍalavaggo paṭhamo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote474-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote474-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote474-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote474-body}{V: pathamo. Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W: \textit{Paṭhamo vaggo}. Nothing in Mm Se.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Ujjagghikavagga
**** Sekhiya 11 & 12: Ujjagghikasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\subsection{Ujjagghikavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 11 \& 12}{sekh11-12}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training11-12]{Sekhiya 11 \& 12: Ujjagghikasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh11-12}

\linkdest{endnote475-body}
Na ujjagghikāya\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote475-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote475-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote475-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote475-body}{C, D, G, Um, V, SVibh Ee, W: \textit{ujjhaggi-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace antaraghare gamissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Na ujjagghikāya antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 13 & 14: Uccasaddasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 13 \& 14}{sekh13-14}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training13-14]{Sekhiya 13 \& 14: Uccasaddasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh13-14}

Appasaddo antaraghare gamissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Appasaddo antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 15 & 16: Kāyappacālakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 15 \& 16}{sekh15-16}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training15-16]{Sekhiya 15 \& 16: Kāyappacālakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh15-16}

Na kāyappacālakaṁ antaraghare gamissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Na kāyappacālakaṁ antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 17 & 18: Bāhuppacālakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 17 \& 18}{sekh17-18}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training17-18]{Sekhiya 17 \& 18: Bāhuppacālakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh17-18}

Na bāhuppacālakaṁ antaraghare gamissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Na bāhuppacālakaṁ antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 19 & 20: Sīsappacālakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 19 \& 20}{sekh19-20}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training19-20]{Sekhiya 19 \& 20: Sīsappacālakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh19-20}

Na sīsappacālakaṁ antaraghare gamissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Na sīsappacālakaṁ antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

\linkdest{endnote476-body}
\linkdest{endnote477-body}
\begin{center}
	Ujjagghikavaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote476-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote476-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote476-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote476-body}{Um: ujjhaggika-. G, V: \textit{na-ujjhaggikavaggo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dutiyo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote477-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote477-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote477-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote477-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W: \textit{Dutiyo vaggo}. No section conclusion here in Mm Se.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Khambhakatavagga
**** Sekhiya 21 & 22: Khambhakatasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\subsection{Khambhakatavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 21 \& 22}{sekh21-22}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training21-22]{Sekhiya 21 \& 22: Khambhakatasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh21-22}

\linkdest{endnote478-body}
Na khambhakato\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote478-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote478-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote478-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote478-body}{C, D, W: \textit{nakkhambhakato}. G: \textit{na khambhagato}. Corrected to \textit{nakkhambhagato}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace antaraghare gamissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Na khambhakato antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 23 & 24: Oguṇṭhitasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 23 \& 24}{sekh23-24}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training23-24]{Sekhiya 23 \& 24: Oguṇṭhitasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh23-24}

Na oguṇṭhito antaraghare gamissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.\\
Na oguṇṭhito antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 25: Ukkuṭikasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 25}{sekh25}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training25]{Sekhiya 25: Ukkuṭikasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh25}

Na ukkuṭikāya antaraghare gamissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 26: Pallatthikasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 26}{sekh26}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training26]{Sekhiya 26: Pallatthikasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh26}

\linkdest{endnote479-body}
Na pallatthikāya antaraghare nisīdissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote479-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote479-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote479-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote479-body}{Mi \& Mm Mm Se have section-conclusions here. Mi Se: \textit{Chabbīsati sāruppā niṭṭhitā}. Mm Se: \textit{Chabbīsati sāruppā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 27: Sakkaccapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 27}{sekh27}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training27]{Sekhiya 27: Sakkaccapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh27}

Sakkaccaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 28: Pattasaññīpaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 28}{sekh28}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training28]{Sekhiya 28: Pattasaññīpaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh28}

Pattasaññī piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 29: Samasūpakapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 29}{sekh29}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training29]{Sekhiya 29: Samasūpakapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh29}

Samasūpakaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 30: Samatitthikasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 30}{sekh30}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training30]{Sekhiya 30: Samatitthikasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh30}

\linkdest{endnote480-body}
Samatitthikaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote480-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote480-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote480-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote480-body}{SVibh Ee: \textit{-titthi-} (cf v.l.l. at Vin IV 364). Dm, UP, Mi \& Mm Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, Um, V, W, SVibh Ce, Pg, Ra: \textit{-titti-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace piṇḍapātaṁ paṭiggahessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

\linkdest{endnote481-body}
\linkdest{endnote482-body}
\begin{center}
	Khambhakatavaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote481-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote481-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote481-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote481-body}{G, V: \textit{nakhambhakavaggo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tatiyo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote482-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote482-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote482-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote482-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W: \textit{Tatiyo vaggo}. Nothing in Mm Se.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Sakkaccavagga
**** Sekhiya 31: Sakkaccabhuñjanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\subsection{Sakkaccavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 31}{sekh31}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training31]{Sekhiya 31: Sakkaccabhuñjanasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh31}

Sakkaccaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 32: Pattasaññībhuñjanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 32}{sekh32}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training32]{Sekhiya 32: Pattasaññībhuñjanasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh32}

\linkdest{endnote483-body}
Pattasaññī\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote483-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote483-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote483-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote483-body}{V: \textit{-saññi}. Not so in Sekh. 28.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 33: Sapadānasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 33}{sekh33}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training33]{Sekhiya 33: Sapadānasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh33}

\linkdest{endnote484-body}
Sapadānaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote484-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote484-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote484-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote484-body}{V: \textit{samadānaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 34: Samasūpakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 34}{sekh34}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training34]{Sekhiya 34: Samasūpakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh34}

Samasūpakaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 35: Na-thūpakatasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 35}{sekh35}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training35]{Sekhiya 35: Na-thūpakatasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh35}

\linkdest{endnote485-body}
Na thūpakato\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote485-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote485-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote485-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote485-body}{Mm Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee, Mi Se v.l., Sannē: \textit{thūpato}. Dm, UP, Mi Se (and the parallel rule at Ee Vin II 214) read \textit{thūpakato} (although in the \textit{uddāna} (Vin II 232) Be also reads \textit{thūpato}.) G, V: \textit{thūpikato}. SVibh Ee Burmese ms.v.l.l. at Vin IV 364: \textit{dhūpakato, thupato, dhūpato}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace omadditvā piṇḍapātaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 36: Odanappaṭicchādanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 36}{sekh36}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training36]{Sekhiya 36: Odanappaṭicchādanasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh36}

\linkdest{endnote486-body}
\linkdest{endnote487-body}
\linkdest{endnote488-body}
\linkdest{endnote489-body}
Na sūpaṁ vā byañjanaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote486-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote486-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote486-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote486-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, Um: \textit{vyañjanaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace vā odanena paṭicchādessāmi\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote487-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote487-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote487-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote487-body}{D, W, Ra, Wae UdaPm: \textit{paṭicchādessāmī ti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhiyyokamyataṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote488-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote488-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote488-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote488-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2: \textit{bhīyyo-}. Ra: \textit{bhīyo-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace upādāyā'ti,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote489-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote489-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote489-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote489-body}{D: ...\textit{upādāya, sikkhā}...}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 37: Sūpodanaviññattisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 37}{sekh37}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training37]{Sekhiya 37: Sūpodanaviññattisikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh37}

\linkdest{endnote490-body}
\linkdest{endnote491-body}
Na sūpaṁ vā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote490-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote490-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote490-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote490-body}{G and V add: \textit{byañjanaṁ vā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace odanaṁ vā agilāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote491-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote491-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote491-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote491-body}{V: \textit{agīlāno}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 38: Ujjhānasaññīsikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 38}{sekh38}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training38]{Sekhiya 38: Ujjhānasaññīsikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh38}

Na ujjhānasaññī paresaṁ pattaṁ olokessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 39: Kabaḷasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 39}{sekh39}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training39]{Sekhiya 39: Kabaḷasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh39}

\linkdest{endnote492-body}
N'ātimahantaṁ kabaḷaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote492-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote492-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote492-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote492-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{kavaḷaṁ}. C, D, W: \textit{kabalaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace karissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 40: Ālopasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 40}{sekh40}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training40]{Sekhiya 40: Ālopasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh40}

Parimaṇḍalaṁ ālopaṁ karissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

\linkdest{endnote493-body}
\begin{center}
	Sakkaccavaggo catuttho\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote493-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote493-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote493-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote493-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W: \textit{Catuttho vaggo}. Nothing in Mm Se.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Anāhaṭavagga
**** Sekhiya 41: Anāhaṭasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\subsection{Anāhaṭavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 41}{sekh41}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training41]{Sekhiya 41: Anāhaṭasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh41}

\linkdest{endnote494-body}
\linkdest{endnote495-body}
Na anāhaṭe\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote494-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote494-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote494-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote494-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, Ra: \textit{nānāhaṭe}. W: \textit{anāhate}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace kabaḷe\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote495-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote495-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote495-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote495-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{kavaḷe}. C, D, W: \textit{kabale}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace mukhadvāraṁ vivarissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 42: Bhuñjamānasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 42}{sekh42}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training42]{Sekhiya 42: Bhuñjamānasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh42}

Na bhuñjamāno sabbaṁ hatthaṁ mukhe pakkhipissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 43: Sakabaḷasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 43}{sekh43}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training43]{Sekhiya 43: Sakabaḷasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh43}

\linkdest{endnote496-body}
\linkdest{endnote497-body}
Na sakabaḷena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote496-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote496-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote496-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote496-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{-kavaḷena}. C, D, W: \textit{-kabalena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace mukhena byāharissāmī'ti,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote497-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote497-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote497-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote497-body}{G, P: \textit{vyāharissāmī}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 44: Piṇḍukkhepakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 44}{sekh44}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training44]{Sekhiya 44: Piṇḍukkhepakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh44}

Na piṇḍ'ukkhepakaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 45: Kabaḷāvacchedakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 45}{sekh45}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training45]{Sekhiya 45: Kabaḷāvacchedakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh45}

\linkdest{endnote498-body}
Na kabaḷ'āvacchedakaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote498-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote498-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote498-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote498-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, V: \textit{kavaḷ-}. C, D: \textit{kabal-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhuñjissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 46: Avagaṇḍakārakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 46}{sekh46}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training46]{Sekhiya 46: Avagaṇḍakārakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh46}

Na avagaṇḍakārakaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 47: Hatthaniddhunakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 47}{sekh47}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training47]{Sekhiya 47: Hatthaniddhunakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh47}

\linkdest{endnote499-body}
Na hatthaniddhunakaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote499-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote499-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote499-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote499-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, V, W, Pg: \textit{-niddhūnakaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhuñjissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 48: Sitthāvakārakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 48}{sekh48}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training48]{Sekhiya 48: Sitthāvakārakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh48}

\linkdest{endnote500-body}
Na sitth'āvakārakaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote500-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote500-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote500-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote500-body}{V: \textit{siṭṭh-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhuñjissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 49: Jivhānicchārakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 49}{sekh49}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training49]{Sekhiya 49: Jivhānicchārakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh49}

Na jivhānicchārakaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 50: Capucapukārakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 50}{sekh50}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training50]{Sekhiya 50: Capucapukārakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh50}

Na capucapukārakaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

\linkdest{endnote501-body}
\linkdest{endnote502-body}
\begin{center}
	Kabaḷavaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote501-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote501-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote501-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote501-body}{Mi Se: \textit{anāhaṭavaggo}. G: \textit{na anāhaṭavaggo}. V: \textit{na anāhatavaggo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pañcamo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote502-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote502-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote502-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote502-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W: \textit{Pañcamo vaggo}. Nothing in Mm Se.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Surusuruvagga
**** Sekhiya 51: Surusurukārakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\subsection{Surusuruvagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 51}{sekh51}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training51]{Sekhiya 51: Surusurukārakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh51}

Na surusurukārakaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 52: Hatthanillehakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 52}{sekh52}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training52]{Sekhiya 52: Hatthanillehakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh52}

Na hatthanillehakaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 53: Pattanillehakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 53}{sekh53}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training53]{Sekhiya 53: Pattanillehakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh53}

Na pattanillehakaṁ bhuñjissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 54: Oṭṭhanillehakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 54}{sekh54}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training54]{Sekhiya 54: Oṭṭhanillehakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh54}

\linkdest{endnote503-body}
Na oṭṭhanillehakaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote503-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote503-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote503-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote503-body}{W: \textit{uṭṭha-} (Probably based on a corruption based on the Khom script as the Sinhala characters \textit{o} and \textit{u} can't be confused easily; see note on ūna at Sd conclusion.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhuñjissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 55: Sāmisasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 55}{sekh55}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training55]{Sekhiya 55: Sāmisasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh55}

\linkdest{endnote504-body}
Na sāmisena hatthena pānīyathālakaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote504-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote504-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote504-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote504-body}{V: \textit{pāṇiya-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace paṭiggahessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 56: Sasitthakasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 56}{sekh56}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training56]{Sekhiya 56: Sasitthakasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh56}

\linkdest{endnote505-body}
\linkdest{endnote506-body}
\linkdest{endnote507-body}
Na sasitthakaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote505-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote505-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote505-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote505-body}{V: \textit{sasiṭṭhakaṁ}. (Cf Sekh 48.) G: \textit{na sitthakaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace pattadhovanaṁ antaraghare chaḍḍessāmī'ti,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote506-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote506-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote506-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote506-body}{V: \textit{chaddessāmī}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sikkhā karaṇīyā.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote507-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote507-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote507-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote507-body}{Mm Se: \textit{Samatiṁsa bhojanapaṭisaṁyuttā}. Mi Se: \textit{Samatiṁsa bhojanapaṭisaṁyuttā
niṭṭhitā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 57: Chattapāṇisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 57}{sekh57}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training57]{Sekhiya 57: Chattapāṇisikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh57}

\linkdest{endnote508-body}
\linkdest{endnote509-body}
Na chattapāṇissa agilānassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote508-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote508-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote508-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote508-body}{V: \textit{agīlānassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote509-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote509-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote509-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote509-body}{Mm Se, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, G, V, W, Mi Se v.l., Ra: \textit{desissāmī ti} throughout. (Pg: \textit{desessāmī ti}.)}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 58: Daṇḍapāṇisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 58}{sekh58}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training58]{Sekhiya 58: Daṇḍapāṇisikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh58}

Na daṇḍapāṇissa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 59: Satthapāṇisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 59}{sekh59}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training59]{Sekhiya 59: Satthapāṇisikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh59}

\linkdest{endnote510-body}
Na satthapāṇissa agilānassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote510-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote510-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote510-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote510-body}{V: \textit{agīlānassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 60: Āvudhapāṇisikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 60}{sekh60}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training60]{Sekhiya 60: Āvudhapāṇisikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh60}

\linkdest{endnote511-body}
Na āvudhapāṇissa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote511-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote511-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote511-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote511-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Um, Ra, Pg, SVibh Ce: \textit{āyudha}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

\linkdest{endnote512-body}
\linkdest{endnote513-body}
\begin{center}
	Surusuruvaggo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote512-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote512-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote512-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote512-body}{G, V: \textit{nasurusuruvaggo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace chaṭṭho\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote513-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote513-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote513-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote513-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W: \textit{Chaṭṭho vaggo}. Nothing in Mm Se.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Pādukavagga
**** Sekhiya 61: Pādukasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\subsection{Pādukavagga}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 61}{sekh61}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training61]{Sekhiya 61: Pādukasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh61}

\linkdest{endnote514-body}
Na pāduk'ārūḷhassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote514-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote514-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote514-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote514-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Dm, V: \textit{-ruḷhassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 62: Upāhanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 62}{sekh62}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training62]{Sekhiya 62: Upāhanasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh62}

\linkdest{endnote515-body}
\linkdest{endnote516-body}
Na upāhan'ārūḷhassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote515-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote515-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote515-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote515-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, Dm, V: \textit{-ruḷhassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace agilānassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote516-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote516-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote516-body}{V: \textit{agilānassa} throughout the section.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 63: Yānasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 63}{sekh63}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training63]{Sekhiya 63: Yānasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh63}

Na yānagatassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 64: Sayanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 64}{sekh64}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training64]{Sekhiya 64: Sayanasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh64}

Na sayanagatassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 65: Pallatthikasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 65}{sekh65}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training65]{Sekhiya 65: Pallatthikasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh65}

Na pallatthikāya nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 66: Veṭhitasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 66}{sekh66}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training66]{Sekhiya 66: Veṭhitasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh66}

\linkdest{endnote517-body}
Na veṭhitasīsassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote517-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote517-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote517-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote517-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, V: \textit{veṭṭhita-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 67: Oguṇṭhitasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 67}{sekh67}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training67]{Sekhiya 67: Oguṇṭhitasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh67}

Na oguṇṭhitasīsassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 68: Chamāsikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 68}{sekh68}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training68]{Sekhiya 68: Chamāsikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh68}

\linkdest{endnote518-body}
Na chamāyaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote518-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote518-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote518-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote518-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, W, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee: \textit{chamāya}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace nisīditvā āsane nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 69: Nīcāsanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 69}{sekh69}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training69]{Sekhiya 69: Nīcāsanasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh69}

\linkdest{endnote519-body}
Na nīce\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote519-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote519-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote519-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote519-body}{V: \textit{nice}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace āsane nisīditvā ucce āsane nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 70: Ṭhitasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 70}{sekh70}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training70]{Sekhiya 70: Ṭhitasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh70}

\linkdest{endnote520-body}
Na ṭhito nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote520-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote520-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote520-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote520-body}{C, D, W: \textit{Sattamo vaggo}. G, V: \textit{Napādukavaggo sattamo}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 71: Pacchatogamanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 71}{sekh71}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training71]{Sekhiya 71: Pacchatogamanasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh71}

\linkdest{endnote521-body}
Na pacchato gacchanto purato\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote521-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote521-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote521-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote521-body}{V: \textit{pūrato}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace gacchantassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 72: Uppathenagamanasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 72}{sekh72}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training72]{Sekhiya 72: Uppathenagamanasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh72}

\linkdest{endnote522-body}
\linkdest{endnote523-body}
Na uppathena\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote522-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote522-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote522-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote522-body}{V: \textit{upathena}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace gacchanto pathena gacchantassa agilānassa dhammaṁ desessāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote523-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote523-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote523-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote523-body}{Mm Se: \textit{Soḷasa dhammadesanā-paṭisaṁyuttā}. Mi Se: \textit{Soḷasa dhammadesanāpaṭisaṁyuttā niṭṭhitā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 73: Ṭhito-uccārasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 73}{sekh73}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training73]{Sekhiya 73: Ṭhito-uccārasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh73}

\linkdest{endnote524-body}
Na ṭhito agilāno\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote524-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote524-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote524-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote524-body}{V: \textit{agīlāno} throughout the section.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā karissāmī'ti, sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 74: Harite-uccārasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 74}{sekh74}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training74]{Sekhiya 74: Harite-uccārasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh74}

Na harite agilāno uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā kheḷaṁ vā karissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

#+end_src

**** Sekhiya 75: Udake-uccārasikkhāpada

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Sekhiya 75}{sekh75}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[training75]{Sekhiya 75: Udake-uccārasikkhāpada}}
\label{sekh75}

Na udake agilāno uccāraṁ vā passāvaṁ vā kheḷaṁ vā karissāmī'ti sikkhā karaṇīyā.

\linkdest{endnote525-body}
\begin{center}
	Pādukavaggo sattamo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote525-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote525-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote525-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote525-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2: \textit{Sattamo vaggo}. G, V: \textit{Napacchatovaggo aṭṭhamo}. Mm Se: \textit{Tayo pakiṇṇakā}. Mi Se: \textit{Tayo pakiṇṇakā niṭṭhitā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/sekhiya.tex

\medskip

\linkdest{endnote526-body}
\begin{center}
	Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto sekhiyā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote526-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote526-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote526-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote526-body}{Mi Se, V, P: \textit{pañcasattati sekhiyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammā.

	\smallskip

	Tatth'āyasmante pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Dutiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Tatiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?

	\smallskip

\linkdest{endnote527-body}
	Parisuddh'etth'āyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam'etaṁ dhārayāmi.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote527-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote527-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote527-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote527-body}{Dm, UP, Ra, Um: \textit{dhārayāmī ti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

\linkdest{endnote528-body}
\begin{outro}
	Sekhiyā dhammā niṭṭhitā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote528-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote528-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote528-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote528-body}{Dm, Bh Pm 1 \& 2, c, V, W, Mm Se, Um. Ñd Ce, P: Sekhiyā dhammā niṭṭhitā. Mi Se: \textit{Pañcasattati sekhiyā dhammā niṭṭhitā}. (N.B. The \textit{Katthapaññattivāra} chapter of the \textit{Parivāra} (Be, Ce, and Ee.) has \textit{Pañcasattati sekhiyā niṭṭhitā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Adhikaraṇasamathā

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/adhikaranasamatha.tex

\section{Adhikaraṇasamathā}
\label{adhi}

\linkdest{endnote529-body}
\begin{intro}
	Ime kho pan'āyasmanto satta adhikaraṇasamathā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote529-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote529-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote529-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote529-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, C, G, V, W,: \textit{sattādhikaraṇasamathā}. Bh Pm 1 \& 2, D, Dm, Um, UP, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee, Ra, Pg: \textit{satta adhikaranasamathā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammā uddesaṁ āgacchanti.
\end{intro}

\linkdest{endnote530-body}
\linkdest{endnote531-body}
\linkdest{endnote532-body}
\linkdest{endnote533-body}
Uppann'uppannānaṁ adhikaraṇānaṁ samathāya vūpasamāya: sammukhāvinayo dātabbo, sativinayo dātabbo, amūḷhavinayo\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote530-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote530-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote530-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote530-body}{V: \textit{amuḷha-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dātabbo, paṭiññāya kāretabbo,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote531-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote531-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote531-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote531-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, W (Also in other old ms: Ridivihāra, Sirimalwatta, Sagama RMV, etc.), Ra, Sannē. Also in the Burmese script manuscript MEP Pali 52 in the collection of the Séminaire de Missions Étrangeres de Paris. See EFEO Data 101. D, Dm, Um, UP, Mi Se, G, V, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee: \textit{paṭiññāya kāretabbaṁ}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace yebhuyyasikā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote532-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote532-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote532-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote532-body}{G: \textit{yebhuyyissikā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tassapāpiyyasikā,\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote533-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote533-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote533-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote533-body}{Dm, Mi \& Mm Se, Um, V, Pg: \textit{-pāpiya-}. Bh Pm 2, D: \textit{-pāpīyya-}. C, W: \textit{pāpeyyasikā}  (Also in other old ms: Ridivihāra, Sirimalwatta, Sagama RMV, etc.), G: \textit{pāpiyyissikā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace tiṇ'avatthārako'ti.

\medskip

\linkdest{endnote534-body}
\begin{center}
	Uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto satta adhikaraṇasamathā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote534-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote534-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote534-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote534-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, C, V, W: \textit{sattādhikaraṇasamathā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammā.

	\smallskip

	Tatth'āyasmante pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Dutiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?\\
	Tatiyam'pi pucchāmi: Kacci'ttha parisuddhā?

	\smallskip

\linkdest{endnote534-body}
	Parisuddh'etth'āyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam'etaṁ dhārayāmi.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote534-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote534-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote534-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote534-body}{Dm, UP, Ra, Um: \textit{dhārayāmī ti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{center}

\linkdest{endnote535-body}
\begin{outro}
	Satta adhikaraṇasamathā dhammā niṭṭhitā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote535-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote535-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote535-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote535-body}{Mm Se, V: \textit{Sattādhikaraṇasamathā niṭṭhitā}. Um: \textit{Satta adhikaraṇasamathā niṭṭhitā}. Mi Se: \textit{Sattādhikaraṇasamathā dhammā niṭṭhitā}. Ñd: \textit{Adhikaraṇasamathā dhammā niṭṭhitā}. Bh Pm 1 \& 2, SVibh Ce, G, UP, Dm, C, Ra: \textit{Adhikaraṇasa-mathā niṭṭhitā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Pātimokkhaniṭṭhāna

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/pali/patimokkhanitthana.tex

\section{Pātimokkhaniṭṭhāna}
\label{patimokkhanitthana}

Uddiṭṭhaṁ kho āyasmanto nidānaṁ.\\
Uddiṭṭhā cattāro pārājikā dhammā.\\
Uddiṭṭhā terasa saṅghādisesā dhammā.\\
Uddiṭṭhā dve aniyatā dhammā.\\
Uddiṭṭhā tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā.\\
Uddiṭṭhā dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā.\\
\linkdest{endnote536-body}
Uddiṭṭhā cattāro pāṭidesanīyā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote536-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote536-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote536-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote536-body}{C, D, G, V, W, SVibh Ee: \textit{pāṭidesaniyā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammā.\\
\linkdest{endnote537-body}
Uddiṭṭhā sekhiyā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote537-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote537-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote537-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote537-body}{Mi Se, V: \textit{pañcasattati sekhiyā dhammā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace\\
\linkdest{endnote538-body}
Uddiṭṭhā satta adhikaraṇasamathā\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote538-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote538-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote538-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote538-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, C, G, V, W: \textit{sattādhikaraṇasamathā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace dhammā.

\linkdest{endnote539-body}
\linkdest{endnote540-body}
\linkdest{endnote541-body}
\linkdest{endnote542-body}
Ettakaṁ tassa\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote539-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote539-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote539-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote539-body}{Mi \& Mm Se, G, V: \textit{ettakan-tassa}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace bhagavato sutt'āgataṁ suttapariyāpannaṁ anvaḍḍhamāsaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote540-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote540-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote540-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote540-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2, C, D, Dm, Um, UP, SVibh Ce, SVibh Ee, Ra, Pg: \textit{anvaddha-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace uddesaṁ āgacchati.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote541-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote541-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote541-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote541-body}{BhPm 1, P: \textit{āgacchanti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace Tattha sabbeh'eva samaggehi sammodamānehi avivadamānehi sikkhitabban''ti.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote542-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote542-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote542-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote542-body}{Bh Pm 1 \& 2: \textit{sikkhitabbaṁ iti}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

\linkdest{endnote543-body}
Vitthār'uddeso pañcamo.\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote543-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote543-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote543-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote543-body}{Dm, Ñd Ce, and Mi Se. Also in \textit{Sannē}; see Suguṇasāra 111. Not in other eds. Also found in the Burmese script Bhikkhupātimokkha MS, BNF Pali 8, at the Bibliothèque Nationale de France; see EFEO DATA 101. The Burmese script Bhikkhunīpātimokkha MS BNF 844:3 has \textit{vitthāruddeso catuttho}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace

\linkdest{endnote544-body}
\linkdest{endnote545-body}
\begin{outro}
	Bhikkhupātimokkhaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote544-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote544-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote544-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote544-body}{Mm Se, G, V: \textit{pāṭi-}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace niṭṭhitaṁ\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote545-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote545-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote545-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote545-body}{Mi Se: \textit{bhikkhupātimokkhapāli niṭṭhitā}.}}}}}\makeatother \thinspace
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

* English
** Cover/Title

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/preliminary-duties.tex

\chapterOpeningPage{appendix-compressed.jpg}

\chapter{Bhikkhupātimokkha - English}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Preliminary Duties

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/preliminary-duties.tex

\section{Preliminary Duties}
\label{preliminary-duties}

\begin{intro}
	May the Senior please give me permission to recite the Pāṭimokkha.\\
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Eldest Bhikkhu: ``I give permission to the Venerable one.'' \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{intro}

Before doing the Uposatha the ninefold duty should be done:

The sweeping of that place; the lighting of the lamp there; the spreading of the sitting mats; the setting out of water for drinking and washing the bringing of the consent of the bhikkhus who are deserving [to give their] consent; and of those bhikkhus who do not participate in the Uposatha the bringing of the purity too; the telling of the season; the counting of the bhikkhus, and the instructing of the bhikkhunīs.

Herein with regards the first four duties there is no duty of [lighting] the lamp because of the state of there being sunlight now, the three other ones have been done and completed by monastery-attendants who know the bhikkhus' protocol and by bhikkhus.

	[At night:] Herein the first four [duties] have been done and completed by monastery-attendants who know the bhikkhus’ protocol and by bhikkhus.

There is no bringing of consent [and] bringing of purity because of the absence in this boundary of seated bhikkhus who have left arm's length.

The so-called ``telling the season'' is declaring the season thus: this number [of Uposathas] have passed, this number [of Uposathas] are left. In this dispensation there are three seasons, [namely] winter, summer, and rains.\\
This is the * season, and in this season there are eight Uposathas. With this fortnight:\\
One Uposatha has arrived,\\
\# Uposathas have past,\\
\# Uposathas are left.\\
Thus the telling of the season is to be borne in mind by all the venerables.

\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}``So it is, Venerable Sir!/Friend!'' \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}

The so-called ``counting of the bhikkhus'' is the counting of the bhikkhus [thus]: ``In this Uposatha hall so many bhikkhus have gathered for the purpose of [performing] the Uposatha''. In this Uposatha-hall four bhikkhus have gathered.

\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}``So it is, Venerable Sir!/Friend!'' \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}

There is no instruction of the bhikkhunīs because of their non-existence in the proximity.

Thus, because of the state of having been done of the preliminary duties, which had an opportunity of doing (them), and because of the naturalness of the preliminary duties which had no opportunity of doing (them), the nine-fold Preliminary Function has been completed.

When the preliminary duty has been finished: If the day is a certain one of the fourteenth, fifteenth or the Unity, like today is the fifteenth day Uposatha.

\begin{packedenumerate}
	\item Whatever bhikkhus are entitled [to carry out the legal] act, who are qualified for the Uposatha of the Community, four or more than that, regular, who have not committed an offence of pārājika, who have not been suspended by the Community,
	\item and they, not having left arms-length, remain in one boundary,
	\item and if among them common offences, founded on eating at the wrong time and so on, are not found,
	\item and if among them within arms-length there is no person fit to be excluded, who is to be excluded from arms-length by making [him go] outside,
\end{packedenumerate}

\ifninebythirteenversion\clearpage\fi

Thus that [legal] act of Uposatha endowed with these four characteristics is called ``[one that] has reached suitability'', [and is] fit to perform.

Having known the state of reached suitability of the [legal] act of Uposatha, it is to be approved of by the Community [that] the Uposatha is being done now''.

\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}``So it is, Venerable Sir!/Friend!'' \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}

\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Eldest Bhikkhu: ``Having made to undertake the preparations and preliminary duties I make the invitation to recite the Disciplinary Code with the approval of the seated community.'' \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** The Recitation of the Introduction

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/introduction.tex

\section{The Recitation of \mbox{the}~Introduction}
\label{introduction}

\ifninebythirteenversion\vspace{0.45em}\fi
\ifafiveversion\vspace{0.25em}\fi

Venerable Sir, let the Community listen to me! Today is a fifteenth/fourteenth/unity [day] Observance. If it is suitable to the Community, [then] the Community should do the Observance [and] should recite the Disciplinary Code.

What is the preliminary for the Community?

Venerables, announce the purity, [for] I shall recite the Disciplinary Code. Let us all [who are] present listen to it carefully [and] let us take it to mind. Whoever may have an offence, he should disclose [it]. When there is no offence, [then it] is to be silent. By the silence I shall know the Venerables [with the thought]: ``[They are] pure.''

As an answer occurs to [a bhikkhu] who is asked individually, just so in such an assembly [as this one] there is the announcement up to the third time. But if any bhikkhu, [who is] remembering [an offence] when the announcement is being made up to the third time, should not disclose the existing offence, there is [a further offence of] deliberate false speech for him. \ifninebythirteenversion\clearpage\fi But, venerables, deliberate false speech has been called an obstructive act by the Fortunate One. Therefore, by a bhikkhu who is remembering, who has committed [an offence], who is desiring purification, an existing offence is to be disclosed; because, [after] having disclosed [it], there is comfort for him.

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Venerables, the introduction has been recited.

	\smallskip

	Concerning that I ask the Venerables: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A second time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A third time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?

	\smallskip

	The venerables are pure in this, therefore there is silence, so do I bear this [in mind].
\end{center}

\begin{outro}
	The recitation of the introduction is finished
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Disqualifications
*** Disqualification 1: The training precept on the act of sexual intercourse

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/disqualifications.tex

\section{Disqualifications}
\label{disqualifications}

\begin{intro}
	Herein these four cases involving disqualification come up for recitation.
\end{intro}

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsubsectionFmtalt}
\pdfbookmark[3]{Disqualification 1}{disq1}
\subsection*{\hyperref[par1]{Disqualification 1: The training precept on the act of sexual intercourse}}
\label{disq1}

If any bhikkhu [who] has entered upon the training and livelihood for bhikkhus, not having rejected the training, not having disclosed [his] incapability, should engage in the act of sexual intercourse, even with just a female animal, he is disqualified, not in communion.

#+end_src

*** Disqualification 2: The training precept on the taking of what has not been given

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/disqualifications.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Disqualification 2}{disq2}
\subsection*{\hyperref[par2]{Disqualification 2: The training precept on the taking of what has not been given}}
\label{disq2}

If any bhikkhu should take [what has] not been given from a village or wilderness-area, which is reckoned as theft, [and] the taking of what has not been given [is] of the kind [that] on account of [it] kings, having caught the robber, would physically punish or imprison or banish [him, saying]: ``You are a robber! You are a fool! You are insane! You are a thief!,'' a bhikkhu taking [what has] not been given of such a kind, is also disqualified, not in communion.

#+end_src

*** Disqualification 3: The training precept on (killing) a human being

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/disqualifications.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Disqualification 3}{disq3}
\subsection*{\hyperref[par3]{Disqualification 3: The training precept on (killing) a human being}}
\label{disq3}

If any bhikkhu should deliberately deprive a human being of life, or should seek an assassin for him, or should praise the attractiveness of death, or should incite [him] to death [saying]: ``Dear man, what [use] is this bad, wretched life for you? Death is better than life for you!'' should he, [having] such thought-and mind, [having such-] thought-and-intention, praise in manifold ways the beauty of death or incite [him] to death, he also is disqualified, not in communion.

#+end_src

*** Disqualification 4: The training precept on superhuman states

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/disqualifications.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Disqualification 4}{disq4}
\subsection*{\hyperref[par4]{Disqualification 4: The training precept on superhuman states}}
\label{disq4}

If any bhikkhu, [though] not directly knowing [it], should claim a superhuman state pertaining to himself, [a state of] knowing and seeing [that is] suitable for the noble [ones], [saying]: ``Thus I know! Thus I see!,'' [and] then, on another occasion, [whether] being interrogated or not being interrogated, having committed [the offence], desiring purification, should say so: ``[Although] not knowing [it,] I spoke thus [saying]: 'I know,' not seeing [it, I spoke, saying:] 'I see.' I bluffed vainly [and] falsely,'' except [when said] in overestimation, he also is disqualified, not in communion.

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/disqualifications.tex

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Venerables, the four cases involving disqualification have been recited, a bhikkhu who has committed any one of them, does not obtain the communion with bhikkhus. As [he was] before, so [he is] after [committing it]: he is one who is disqualified, not in communion.

	\smallskip

	Concerning that I ask the Venerables: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A second time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A third time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?

	\smallskip

	The venerables are pure in this, therefore there is silence, so do I bear this [in mind].
\end{center}

\begin{outro}
	The recitation of the [cases involving] disqualification is finished
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Cases Concering the Community
*** Community Meeting 1: The training precept on emission of semen

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\section{Cases Concering the Community}
\label{comm}

\begin{intro}
	Venerables, these thirteen cases [concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure] come up for recitation.
\end{intro}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 1}{comm1}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd1]{Community Meeting 1: The training precept on emission of semen}}
\label{comm1}

The intentional emission of semen, except in a dream: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 2: The training precept on physical contact

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 2}{comm2}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd2]{Community Meeting 2: The training precept on physical contact}}
\label{comm2}

If any bhikkhu, under the influence of an altered mind, should engage in [intimate] physical contact together with a woman [such as]: the holding of a hand, or holding a braid [of hair], or caressing any limb: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 3: The training precept on depraved words

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 3}{comm3}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd3]{Community Meeting 3: The training precept on depraved words}}
\label{comm3}

If any bhikkhu, under the influence of an altered mind, should speak suggestively with depraved words to a woman, like a young man to a young woman, [with words] concerned with sexual intercourse: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 4: The training precept on (ministering) to himself with love

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 4}{comm4}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd4]{Community Meeting 4: The training precept on (ministering) to himself with love}}
\label{comm4}

If any bhikkhu, under the influence of an altered mind, [and] in the presence of a woman, should speak praise about the ministering to himself with sex: ``Sister, this is the best of ministerings: she who would minister to a virtuous, good natured celibate like me with this act!,'' [which is something] connected with sexual intercourse: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 5: The training precept on mediating

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 5}{comm5}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd5]{Community Meeting 5: The training precept on mediating}}
\label{comm5}

If any bhikkhu should engage in mediating a man's intention to a woman, or a woman's intention to a man, for being a wife or for being a mistress, even for being one on [just] that occasion: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 6: The training precept on making a hut

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 6}{comm6}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd6]{Community Meeting 6: The training precept on making a hut}}
\label{comm6}

By a bhikkhu who is having a hut, which is without an owner, [and] is designated for himself, built by means of his own begged requisites, [that hut] is to be built according to the [proper] measure. This is the measure here: twelve spans of the sugata-span in length, [and] inside seven [spans] across. Bhikkhus are to be brought to [it] for appointing the site. By those bhikkhus a site is to be appointed which is not entailing harm [to creatures and which is] having a surrounding space. If a bhikkhu, having requested it himself, should have a hut built on a site entailing harm [to creatures], [and] not having a surrounding space, or if he should not bring bhikkhus to [it] for appointing the site, or if he should let [it] exceed the measure: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 7: The training precept on making a dwelling

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 1}{comm7}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd7]{Community Meeting 7: The training precept on making a dwelling}}
\label{comm7}

By a bhikkhu who is having a large dwelling built, which has an owner, [and] is designated for himself, bhikkhus are to be brought to [it] for appointing the site. By those bhikkhus a site not entailing harm [to any creatures] [and] having a surrounding space is to be appointed. If a bhikkhu should have a hut built on a site entailing harm [to creatures], [and] not having a surrounding space, or if he should not bring bhikkhus to [it] for appointing the site, [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 8: The training precept on being corrupted by malice

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 8}{comm8}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd8]{Community Meeting 8: The training precept on being corrupted by malice}}
\label{comm8}

If any bhikkhu, corrupted by malice [and] upset, should accuse a bhikkhu with a groundless case involving disqualification [thinking]: ``If only I could make him fall away from this holy life!,'' [and] then, on another occasion, [whether] being interrogated or not being interrogated, if that legal issue is really groundless, and if the bhikkhu stands firm in malice: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 9: The training precept on (an issue) belonging to another class

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 9}{comm9}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd9]{Community Meeting 9: The training precept on (an issue) belonging to another class}}
\label{comm9}

If any bhikkhu, corrupted by malice [and] upset, should accuse a bhikkhu with a case involving disqualification, having taken [it] up [with] some point, which is a mere pretext, of a legal issue belonging to another class [thinking]: ``If only I could make him fall away from this holy life!,'' [and] then, on another occasion, [whether] being interrogated or not being interrogated, if that legal issue is really belonging to another class, [and] some point, which a mere pretext, has been taken up, and if the bhikkhu stands firm in malice: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 10: The training precept on the schism of a community

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 10}{comm10}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd10]{Community Meeting 10: The training precept on the schism of a community}}
\label{comm10}

If any bhikkhu should endeavor for the schism of a united community, or having undertaken, should persist in upholding a legal issue conducive to schism, [then] that bhikkhu should be spoken to thus by the bhikkhus: ``Let the venerable one not endeavor for the schism of the united community, or having undertaken, persist in upholding a legal issue conducive to schism. Let the venerable one convene with the community, for a united community, which is on friendly terms, which is not disputing, which has a single recitation, dwells in comfort,'' and [if] that bhikkhu being spoken to thus by the bhikkhus should persist in the same way [as before], [then] that bhikkhu is to be argued with up to three times by the bhikkhus for the relinquishing of that [course], [and if that bhikkhu,] being argued with up to three times, should relinquish that [course], then this is good, [but] if he should not relinquish [it]: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 11: The training precept on the followers of the schism

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 11}{comm11}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd11]{Community Meeting 11: The training precept on the followers of the schism}}
\label{comm11}

Now, there are bhikkhus who are followers of that same bhikkhu, [and] who are speaking for [his] faction: one, or two, or three, [and] they should say so: ``Venerables, don't say anything to this bhikkhu! This bhikkhu is one who speaks in accordance with the Teaching and this bhikkhu is one who speaks in accordance the Discipline; this [bhikkhu], having received [our] consent and favour defines [the Teaching \& Discipline]. Knowing us, he speaks, [and] this suits us too.'' [Then] those bhikkhus should be spoken to thus by the bhikkhus: ``Venerables, don't say so! This bhikkhu does not speak in accordance with the Teaching, and this bhikkhu does not speak in accordance with the Discipline! Don't let the venerables too favour the schism of the community. Let there be convening with the community for the venerables, for a united community, which is on friendly terms, which is not disputing, which has a single recitation, dwells in comfort,'' and [if] those bhikkhus being spoken to thus by the bhikkhus should persist in the same way [as before], [then] those bhikkhus are to be argued with up to three times by the bhikkhus for the relinquishing of that [course], [and if those bhikkhus] being argued with up to three times, should relinquish that [course], then this is good, [but] if they should not relinquish [it]: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 12: The training precept on being of a nature difficult to be spoken to

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 12}{comm12}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd12]{Community Meeting 12: The training precept on being of a nature difficult to be spoken to}}
\label{comm12}

Now, a bhikkhu is of a nature difficult to be spoken to, [and when] being righteously spoken to by the bhikkhus about the training precepts included in the recitation, he makes himself [one] who can not be spoken to [saying]: ``Venerables, don't say anything good or bad to me, and I too shall not say anything good or bad to the venerables! Venerables, refrain from speaking to me!'' [Then] that bhikkhu should be spoken to thus by the bhikkhus: ``Let the venerable one one not make himself [one] who cannot be spoken to. Let the venerable one make himself [one] who can be spoken to. Let the venerable one speak to the bhikkhus with righteousness and the monks too will speak to the venerable one with righteousness. For the Blessed One's assembly has grown thus, that is, by the speaking of one to another, by the rehabilitating of one another,'' and [if] that bhikkhu being spoken to thus by the bhikkhus should persist in the same way [as before], [then] that bhikkhu is to be argued with up to three times by the bhikkhus for the relinquishing of that [course], [and if that bhikkhu,] being argued with up to three times, should relinquish that [course], then this is good, [but] if he should not relinquish [it]: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Community Meeting 13: The training precept on the spoiler of families

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Community Meeting 13}{comm13}
\subsection*{\hyperref[sd13]{Community Meeting 13: The training precept on the spoiler of families}}
\label{comm13}
Now, a bhikkhu lives dependent upon a certain village or town who is a spoiler of families, who is of bad behaviour. His bad behaviour is seen and is heard about, and the families spoilt by him are seen and heard about. That bhikkhu is to be spoken to thus by the bhikkhus: ``The venerable one is a spoiler of families, one who is of bad behaviour. The bad behaviour of the venerable one is seen and is heard about, and the families spoilt by the venerable one are seen and are heard about. Let the venerable one depart from this dwelling-place! Enough of you dwelling here!'' and [if] that bhikkhu being spoken to thus by the bhikkhus should say thus to those bhikkhus: ``The bhikkhus are driven by desire; the bhikkhus are driven by anger; the bhikkhus are driven by delusion; the bhikkhus are driven by fear. They banish someone because of this kind of offence, [but] another one they do not banish.'' [Then] that bhikkhu is to be spoken to thus by the bhikkhus: ``Let the venerable one not speak thus! The bhikkhus are not driven by desire; and the bhikkhus are not driven by anger; and the bhikkhus are not driven by delusion; and the bhikkhus are not driven by fear. The venerable one is a spoiler of families, one who is of bad behaviour. The bad behaviour of the venerable one is seen and is heard about, and the families spoilt by the venerable one are seen and are heard about. Let the venerable one depart from this dwelling-place! Enough of you dwelling here!'' and [if] that bhikkhu being spoken to thus by the bhikkhus should persist in the same way [as before], [then] that bhikkhu is to be argued with up to three times by the bhikkhus for the relinquishing of that [course], [and if that bhikkhu,] being argued with up to three times, should relinquish that [course], then this is good, [but] if he should not relinquish [it]: [this is a case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure].

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/community-meetings.tex

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Venerables, the thirteen cases [concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure] have been recited, nine [cases] are of the offence-at-once [-class], four [cases] are of the up-to the-third [time admonition-class]. A bhikkhu who has committed any one of [these offenses], has to stay on probation with no choice [in the matter] for as many days as he knowingly conceals [it]. Moreover, by a bhikkhu who has stayed on the probation, a six-night state of deference to [other] bhikkhus has to be entered upon. [When] the bhikkhu [is one by whom] the deference has been performed: wherever there may be a community of bhikkhus, which is a group of twenty [or more bhikkhus], there that bhikkhu should be reinstated. If a community of bhikkhus, which is a group of twenty deficient by even one [bhikkhu], should reinstate that bhikkhu [then] that bhikkhu is not reinstated, and those monks are blameworthy. This is the proper procedure here.

	\smallskip

	Concerning that I ask the Venerables: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A second time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A third time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?

	\smallskip

	The venerables are pure in this, therefore there is silence, so do I bear this [in mind].
\end{center}

\begin{outro}
	The recitation concerning the community in the beginning and the rest [of the procedure] is finished
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Uncertain Cases
*** Uncertain Case 1: The first uncertain training precept

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/uncertain-cases.tex

\section{Uncertain Cases}
\label{unc}

\begin{intro}
	Venerables, these two uncertain cases come up for recitation.
\end{intro}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Uncertain Case 1}{unc1}
\subsection*{\hyperref[aniy1]{Uncertain Case 1: The first uncertain training precept}}
\label{unc1}

If any bhikkhu should sit down together with a woman, one [man] with one [woman], privately, on a concealed seat [that is] sufficiently fit for doing [it], [and then if] a female lay-follower whose words can be trusted having seen that, should speak according to one of three cases: according to disqualification, according to what concerns the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure], or according to expiation, [then] the bhikkhu who is admitting the sitting down should be made to do [what is] according to one of three cases: according to disqualification, or according to what concerns the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure], or according to expiation, or according to whatever that female lay-follower whose words can be trusted should say, according to that the bhikkhu is to be made to do. This is an uncertain case.

#+end_src

*** Uncertain Case 2: The second uncertain training precept

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/uncertain-cases.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Uncertain Case 2}{unc2}
\subsection*{\hyperref[aniy2]{Uncertain Case 2: The second uncertain training precept}}
\label{unc2}
But even if the seat is neither concealed nor sufficiently fit for doing it, but is sufficient for speaking suggestively to a woman with depraved words: if any bhikkhu should sit down on such a seat together with a woman—one [man] with one [woman], privately—[and then if] a female lay-follower whose words can be trusted having seen that, should speak according to one of two cases: according to what concerns the community in the beginning and in the rest, or according to expiation, [then] the bhikkhu admitting the sitting down is to be made to do according to one of two cases: according to what concerns the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure], or according to expiation, or according to whatever that female lay-follower whose words can be trusted should say, according to that the bhikkhu is to be made to do, this too is an uncertain case.

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/uncertain-cases.tex

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Venerables, the two uncertain cases have been recited.

	\smallskip

	Concerning that I ask the Venerables: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A second time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A third time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?

	\smallskip

	The venerables are pure in this, therefore there is silence, thus I bear this [in mind].
\end{center}

\begin{outro}
	The recitation of the uncertain [cases] is finished
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Forfeiture and Expiations
*** The Section on Robes
**** Forfeiture and Expiation 1: The training precept on the kaṭhina

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\section{Forfeiture and Expiations}
\label{forf-exp}

\begin{intro}
	Venerables, these thirty cases involving expiation with forfeiture come up for recitation.
\end{intro}

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Robes}
\label{forf-exp-robes}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 1}{forf-exp1}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np1]{Forfeiture and Expiation 1: The training precept on the kaṭhina}}
\label{forf-exp1}

When the robe [-cloth] has been finished by a bhikkhu, when the kaṭhina [-frame-privileges] have been withdrawn, [then] extra robe [-cloth] is to be kept for ten days at the most. For one who lets it pass beyond [the ten days], [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 2: The training precept on the storehouse

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 2}{forf-exp2}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np2]{Forfeiture and Expiation 2: The training precept on the storehouse}}
\label{forf-exp2}

When the robe [-cloth] has been finished by a bhikkhu, when the kaṭhina [-frame-privileges] have been withdrawn, if even for a single night a bhikkhu should stay apart from the three robes, except with the authorization of bhikkhus, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 3: The training precept on the out-of-season (robe)-cloth

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 3}{forf-exp3}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 3: The training precept on the out-of-season (robe)-cloth}}
\label{forf-exp3}

When the robe [-cloth] has been finished by a bhikkhu, when the kaṭhina [-frame-privileges] have been withdrawn, if out-of-season robe [cloth] should become available to a bhikkhu, by a bhikkhu who is wishing [so, it] can be accepted; having accepted [it, it] is to be made very quickly. If [the robe-cloth] should not be [enough for] the completion [of the robe], [then] for a month at the most that robe [-cloth] can be put aside by that bhikkhu for the completion of the deficiency [of robe-cloth], when there is an expectation [that he will get more robe-cloth]; if he should put [it] aside more than that, even when there is an expectation [that he will get more robe-cloth], [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 4: The training precept on the used (robe)-cloth

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 4}{forf-exp4}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np4]{Forfeiture and Expiation 4: The training precept on the used (robe)-cloth}}
\label{forf-exp4}

If any bhikkhu should have a used robe [-cloth] washed, dyed, or beaten by an unrelated bhikkhunī, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 5: The training precept on the acceptance of robe(-cloth)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 5}{forf-exp5}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np5]{Forfeiture and Expiation 5: The training precept on the acceptance of robe(-cloth)}}
\label{forf-exp5}

If any bhikkhu should accept a robe [-cloth] from the hand of an unrelated bhikkhunī, except in an exchange [of robes], [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 6: The training precept on making a suggestion to someone who is not related

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 6}{forf-exp6}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np6]{Forfeiture and Expiation 6: The training precept on making a suggestion to someone who is not related}}
\label{forf-exp6}

If any bhikkhu should request a robe [-cloth] to an unrelated male householder or female householder, except at the [right] occasion, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture. Here the occasion is this: he is a bhikkhu whose robe has been robbed or whose robe has been lost; this is the occasion here.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 7: The training precept on (accepting) more than that

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 7}{forf-exp7}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np7]{Forfeiture and Expiation 7: The training precept on (accepting) more than that}}
\label{forf-exp7}

If the unrelated male householder or female householder should invite him to take [as many] robe [-cloth]s [as he likes], [then] robe [-cloths for] an upper [robe] together with an inner [robe] can be accepted at the most from that robe [-cloth] by that bhikkhu; if he should accept more from that [robe-cloth], [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 8: The first training precept on setting up (a robe-fund)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 8}{forf-exp8}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np8]{Forfeiture and Expiation 8: The first training precept on setting up (a robe-fund)}}
\label{forf-exp8}

Now, if a robe-fund has been set up for a bhikkhu by an unrelated male householder or female householder [thinking]: ``Having traded this robe-fund for a robe, I shall clothe the bhikkhu named so and so with a robe,'' and then if that bhikkhu, previously uninvited, having approached [the householder], should make a suggestion about the robe [cloth] [saying]: ``It would be good indeed, Sir, [if you] having traded this robe-fund for a such and such a robe, were to clothe me [with a robe],'' [if the suggestion is made] out of a liking for what is fine, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 9: The second training precept on setting up (a robe-fund)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 9}{forf-exp9}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np9]{Forfeiture and Expiation 9: The second training precept on setting up (a robe-fund)}}
\label{forf-exp9}

Now, if separate robe-funds have been set up for a bhikkhu by both unrelated male householders or female householders [thinking]: ``Having traded these separate robe-funds for separate robes, we shall clothe the bhikkhu named so and so with robes,'' and then if that bhikkhu, previously uninvited, having approached [the householders], should make a suggestion about the robe [saying]: ``It would be good indeed, Sirs, [if you] having traded these separate robe-funds for a such and such a robe, were to clothe me [with a robe], [you] both being one [donor],'' [if the suggestion is made] out of a liking for what is fine, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 10: The training precept on the king

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 10}{forf-exp10}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np10]{Forfeiture and Expiation 10: The training precept on the king}}
\label{forf-exp10}

Now, if a king or a kings' official or a brahmin or a male householder should convey by messenger a robe-fund for a bhikkhu [saying]: ``Having traded this robe-fund for a robe, clothe the bhikkhu named so and so with a robe,'' and if that messenger, having approached that bhikkhu, should say so: ``Venerable Sir, this robe-fund has been brought for the venerable one. Let the venerable one accept the robe-fund!'' [then] that messenger should be spoken to thus by that bhikkhu: ``Sir, we do not accept a robe-fund, but we do accept a robe at the right time [when it is] allowable.'' If that messenger should say thus to that bhikkhu: ``Is there, perhaps, someone who is the steward of the venerable one?'' [then,] bhikkhus, by a bhikkhu who is in need of a robe a steward can be appointed: a monastery attendant or a male lay-follower [saying]: ``Sir, this is the bhikkhus' steward.'' If that messenger having instructed that steward, having approached that bhikkhu, should say so: ``Venerable Sir, the steward whom the venerable one has appointed has been instructed by me. Let the venerable one approach [him] at the right time [and] he will clothe you with a robe,'' [then] bhikkhus, having approached the steward, [the steward] can be prompted [and] can be reminded two or three times by the bhikkhu who is in need of a robe [saying]: ``Sir, I am in need of a robe.'' [If through] prompting [and] reminding [him] two or three times, he should have [him] bring forth that robe, it is good. If he should not have [him] bring [it] forth, [then] four times, five times, six times at the most, [it] can be stood [for] by [a bhikkhu] who has become silent. [If through] standing silently for [it] four times, five times, six times at the most, he should have [him] bring forth that robe, it is good; if [through] making effort more than that, he should have [him] produce that robe, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture. If he should not have [him] produce [it], [then] from wherever [that] the robe-fund may have been brought, there [he] himself can go, or a messenger can be sent [saying]: ``Sirs, that robe-fund which you conveyed for the bhikkhu does not fulfil any need of that bhikkhu. Let the sirs endeavour for [what is their] own. Let not [what is their] own get lost.'' This is the proper procedure here.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on robes is finished
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Sheepwool
**** Forfeiture and Expiation 11: The training precept on silk

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Sheepwool}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 11}{forf-exp11}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np11]{Forfeiture and Expiation 11: The training precept on silk}}
\label{forf-exp11}

If any bhikkhu should have a rug mixed with silk made, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 12: The training precept on pure black wool

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 12}{forf-exp12}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np12]{Forfeiture and Expiation 12: The training precept on pure black wool}}
\label{forf-exp12}

If any bhikkhu should have a rug made of pure black sheep's wool; [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 13: The training precept on [using] two parts

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 13}{forf-exp13}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np13]{Forfeiture and Expiation 13: The training precept on [using] two parts}}
\label{forf-exp13}

By a bhikkhu who is having a new rug made, two parts of pure black sheep-wool are to be taken, [and] a third [part] of white, a fourth [part] of ruddy brown. If a bhikkhu should have a rug made, without having taken two parts of pure black sheep's hair, [and] a third [part] of white, a fourth [part] of ruddy brown, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 14: The training precept on (keeping a rug for) six years

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 14}{forf-exp14}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np14]{Forfeiture and Expiation 14: The training precept on (keeping a rug for) six years}}
\label{forf-exp14}

By a bhikkhu who has had a new rug made, it is to be kept for six years [at least]. If within less than six years, having given up or not having given up that rug, he should have another new rug made, except with the authorisation of bhikkhus, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 15: The training precept on the sitting cloth

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 15}{forf-exp15}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np15]{Forfeiture and Expiation 15: The training precept on the sitting cloth}}
\label{forf-exp15}

By a bhikkhu who is having a sitting-rug made, a sugata-span from the border of an old rug is to be taken for making [it] stained. If a bhikkhu, without having taken a sugata-span from the border of an old rug, should have a new sitting cloth made, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 16: The training precept on sheep wool

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 16}{forf-exp16}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np16]{Forfeiture and Expiation 16: The training precept on sheep wool}}
\label{forf-exp16}

Now, if sheep-wool should become available to a bhikkhu who is travelling on a main road, by a bhikkhu who is wishing [so, it] can be accepted, having accepted [it, it] can be carried with his own hand for three yojanas at the most when there is no one present who can carry it; if he should carry it more than that, even when there is no one present who can carry it, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 17: The training precept on having sheep-wool washed

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 17}{forf-exp17}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np17]{Forfeiture and Expiation 17: The training precept on having sheep-wool washed}}
\label{forf-exp17}

If any bhikkhu should have sheep-wool washed, dyed, or carded by an unrelated bhikkhunī, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 18: The training precept on silver

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 18}{forf-exp18}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np18]{Forfeiture and Expiation 18: The training precept on silver}}
\label{forf-exp18}

If any bhikkhu should take gold and silver, or should have [it] taken, or should consent to [it] being deposited [for him], [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 19: The training precept on trading in money

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 19}{forf-exp19}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np19]{Forfeiture and Expiation 19: The training precept on trading in money}}
\label{forf-exp19}

If any bhikkhu should engage in the various kinds of trading in money, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 20: The training precept on bartering

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 20}{forf-exp20}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np20]{Forfeiture and Expiation 20: The training precept on bartering}}
\label{forf-exp20}

If any bhikkhu should engage in the various kinds of bartering, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

\begin{center}
The section on sheepwool is second.
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Bowls
**** Forfeiture and Expiation 21: The training precept on bowls

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Bowls}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 21}{forf-exp21}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np21]{Forfeiture and Expiation 21: The training precept on bowls}}
\label{forf-exp21}

An extra bowl can be kept for ten days at the most. For one who lets it pass beyond [the ten days]; [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 22: The training precept on [a bowl with] less than five mends

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 22}{forf-exp22}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np22]{Forfeiture and Expiation 22: The training precept on [a bowl with] less than five mends}}
\label{forf-exp22}

If any bhikkhu should exchange a bowl with less than five mends for another new bowl, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture. That bowl is to be relinquished by that bhikkhu to the assembly of bhikkhus, and whichever [bowl] is the last bowl of that assembly of bhikkhus, that [bowl] is to be bestowed on that bhikkhu [thus]: ``Bhikkhu, this bowl is for you, it is to be kept until breaking.'' This is the proper procedure here.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 23: The training precept on medicine

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 23}{forf-exp23}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np23]{Forfeiture and Expiation 23: The training precept on medicine}}
\label{forf-exp23}

Now, [there are] those medicines which are permissable for sick bhikkhus, namely: ghee, butter, oil, [and] honey and molasses— having been accepted, they can be partaken of [while] being kept in store for seven days at the most. For one who lets it pass beyond [the seven days], [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 24: The training precept on the rain's bathing-cloth

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 24}{forf-exp24}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np24]{Forfeiture and Expiation 24: The training precept on the rain's bathing-cloth}}
\label{forf-exp24}

[Thinking:] ``One month is what remains of the hot season,'' [then] the robe-cloth for the rain's bathing cloth can be sought by a bhikkhu. [Thinking:] ``A half month is what remains of the hot season,'' [after] having made [it, it] can be worn. If earlier than [what is reckoned as] ``One month is what remains of the hot season,'' he should seek robe-cloth for the rain's bathing-cloth, [and] [if] earlier than [what is reckoned as] ``A half month is what remains of the hot season,'' he should wear [it], [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 25: The training precept on snatching robes

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 25}{forf-exp25}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np25]{Forfeiture and Expiation 25: The training precept on snatching robes}}
\label{forf-exp25}

If any bhikkhu, having himself given a robe to a bhikkhu, should, being resentful [and] displeased, snatch [it] away or should have it snatched away [from the bhikkhu], [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 26: The training precept on requesting thread

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 26}{forf-exp26}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np26]{Forfeiture and Expiation 26: The training precept on requesting thread}}
\label{forf-exp26}

If any bhikkhu, having himself requested the thread [to be used], should have a robe-cloth woven by cloth-weavers, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 27: The greater training precept about weavers

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 27}{forf-exp27}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np27]{Forfeiture and Expiation 27: The greater training precept about weavers}}
\label{forf-exp27}

Now, if an unrelated male householder or female householder should have a robe-cloth woven for a bhikkhu by cloth-weavers, and then if that bhikkhu, uninvited beforehand, having approached the clothweavers, should make a suggestion about the robe-cloth [saying]: ``Friends, this robe-cloth which is being woven for me: make [it] long, wide, thick, well woven, well diffused, well scraped, and well plucked! Certainly we will also [then] present a little something to the sirs,'' and if that bhikkhu, having said so, should present a little something, even just a little alms-food, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 28: The training precept on extra-ordinary robes

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 28}{forf-exp28}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np28]{Forfeiture and Expiation 28: The training precept on extra-ordinary robes}}
\label{forf-exp28}

For the ten days coming up to the three-month Kattikā full moon: if extraordinary robe [-cloth] should become available to a bhikkhu, [then] after considering [it as] extraordinary [robe-cloth, it] can be accepted by a bhikkhu, having been accepted, [it] is to be put aside until the occasion of the robe-season; if he should put [it] aside for more than that, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 29: The training precept on risks

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 29}{forf-exp29}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np29]{Forfeiture and Expiation 29: The training precept on risks}}
\label{forf-exp29}

Now, the Kattika-full-moon has been observed. [There are] those wilderness lodgings which are considered risky, which are dangerous. A bhikkhu dwelling in such kind of lodgings, who is wishing [to do so], may put aside one of the three robes inside an inhabited area. And if there may be any reason for that bhikkhu for dwelling apart from that robe, the bhikkhu can dwell apart from that robe for six days at the most; if he should dwell apart for more than that, except with the authorization of bhikkhus, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

#+end_src

**** Forfeiture and Expiation 30: The training precept on allocation

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Forfeiture and Expiation 30}{forf-exp30}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[np30]{Forfeiture and Expiation 30: The training precept on allocation}}
\label{forf-exp30}

If any bhikkhu should knowingly allocate for himself a gain belonging to [and] allocated to the community, [this is a case] involving expiation with forfeiture.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on bowls is third
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/forfeiture-expiations.tex

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Venerables, the thirty cases involving expiation with forfeiture have been recited.

	\smallskip

	Concerning that I ask the Venerables: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A second time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A third time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?

	\smallskip

	The Venerables are pure in this, therefore there is silence, thus I keep this [in mind].
\end{center}

\begin{outro}
	The cases involving expiation with forfeiture are finished
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Expiations
*** The Section on False Speech
**** Expiation 1: The training precept on false speech

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\section{Expiations}
\label{exp}

\begin{intro}
	Venerables, these ninety-two cases involving expiation come up for recitation.
\end{intro}

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on False Speech}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 1}{exp1}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac1]{Expiation 1: The training precept on false speech}}
\label{exp1}

In deliberate false speech, [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 2: The training precept on abusive speech

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 2}{exp2}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac2]{Expiation 2: The training precept on abusive speech}}
\label{exp2}

In abusive speech, [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 3: The training precept on slandering

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 3}{exp3}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac3]{Expiation 3: The training precept on slandering}}
\label{exp3}

In the backbiting of a bhikkhu, [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 4: The training precept on teaching Dhamma line by line

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 4}{exp 4}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac4]{Expiation 4: The training precept on teaching Dhamma line by line}}
\label{exp4}

If any bhikkhu should have one who has not been fully admitted [into the community] recite the Dhamma [line] by line, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 5: The first training precept on (using a) sleeping place together with

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 5}{exp 5}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac5]{Expiation 5: The first training precept on (using a) sleeping place together with}}
\label{exp5}

If any bhikkhu should make use of a sleeping place for more than two nights or three nights together with one who has not been fully admitted [into the bhikkhu-community], [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 6: The second training precept on (using a) sleeping place together with

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 6}{exp 6}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac6]{Expiation 6: The second training precept on (using a) sleeping place together with}}
\label{exp6}

If any bhikkhu should make use of a sleeping place together with a woman, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 7: The training precept on teaching Dhamma

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 7}{exp 7}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac7]{Expiation 7: The training precept on teaching Dhamma}}
\label{exp7}

If any bhikkhu should teach the Dhamma to a woman by [means of] more than five or six sentences, except [when being together] with a discerning male human being, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 8: The training precept on factual announcing

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 8}{exp 8}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac8]{Expiation 8: The training precept on factual announcing}}
\label{exp8}

If any bhikkhu should declare a superhuman state to one who has not been fully admitted [into the bhikkhu-community], [even] when it is a fact, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 9: The training precept on the announcing of depraved (offences)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 9}{exp 9}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac9]{Expiation 9: The training precept on the announcing of depraved (offences)}}
\label{exp9}

If any bhikkhu should declare the depraved offence of [another] bhikkhu to one who has not been fully admitted [into the bhikkhu-community], except with the authorisation of bhikkhus, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 10: The training precept on digging earth

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 10}{exp 10}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac10]{Expiation 10: The training precept on digging earth}}
\label{exp10}
If any bhikkhu should dig the earth or should have it dug, [this is a case] involving expiation.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on false speech is first
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Vegetation
**** Expiation 11: The training precept on vegetation

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Vegetation}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 11}{exp 11}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac11]{Expiation 11: The training precept on vegetation}}
\label{exp11}
In the destroying of vegetation, [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 12: The training precept on evading

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 12}{exp12}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac12]{Expiation 12: The training precept on evading}}
\label{exp12}
In evading, in vexing, [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 13: The training precept on making (a bhikkhu) find fault

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 13}{exp13}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac1]{Expiation 13: The training precept on making (a bhikkhu) find fault}}
\label{exp13}
In making [another bhikkhu] find fault, in criticising, [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 14: The first training precept on sleeping places

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 14}{exp14}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac14]{Expiation 14: The first training precept on sleeping places}}
\label{exp14}
If any bhikkhu, having [himself] put out or after having [someone else] put out in the open air, a bed or seat or mattress or stool belonging to the community, [and] then, when departing, should not take [it] away or should not have [it] taken away or should go without asking [someone to put it back], [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 15: The second training precept on sleeping places

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 15}{exp15}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac15]{Expiation 15: The second training precept on sleeping places}}
\label{exp15}
If any bhikkhu, having [himself] put out or having [someone else] put out, bedding in a dwelling belonging to the community, [and] then, when departing, should not take [it] away or should not have [it] taken away, or should go without asking [someone to put it back], [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 16: The training precept on encroaching upon

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 16}{exp16}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac16]{Expiation 16: The training precept on encroaching upon}}
\label{exp16}
If any bhikkhu, having encroached upon a bhikkhu who has arrived before, should knowingly use a sleeping place in a dwelling belonging to the community [saying]: ``He for whom it is [too] cramped, will leave,'' having done [it] for just this reason, [and] not another, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 17: The training precept on driving out

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 17}{exp17}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac17]{Expiation 17: The training precept on driving out}}
\label{exp17}
If any bhikkhu, being resentful and displeased, should drive out a bhikkhu or have [him] driven out from a dwelling belonging to the community, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 18: The training precept on the hut with an upper-floor

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 18}{exp18}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac18]{Expiation 18: The training precept on the hut with an upper-floor}}
\label{exp18}
If any bhikkhu should [brusquely] sit down or lie down on a bed or seat with detachable legs in a hut with an upper-floor in a dwelling belonging to the community, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 19: The training precept on a large dwelling

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 19}{exp19}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac19]{Expiation 19: The training precept on a large dwelling}}
\label{exp19}
By a bhikkhu who is having a large dwelling built, a surrounding-layer of two or three coverings can be ordered, by [a bhikkhu] standing on [a place which has] few crops, upto the frame of the door for [the purpose of] fixing the bolt, [and] for surrounding the window. If he should order more than that, even [when] standing on [a place which has] few crops, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 20: The training precept on [water] containing living beings

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 20}{exp 20}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac20]{Expiation 20: The training precept on [water] containing living beings}}
\label{exp20}
If any bhikkhu should knowingly pour out, or should have [someone else] pour out, water containing living beings on grass or clay, [this is a case] involving expiation.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on vegetation is second
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Exhoration
**** Expiation 21: The training precept on exhortation

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Exhoration}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 21}{exp 21}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac21]{Expiation 21: The training precept on exhortation}}
\label{exp21}
If any bhikkhu who has not been authorised should exhort the bhikkhunīs, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 22: The training precept on (after sun-)set

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 22}{exp 22}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac22]{Expiation 22: The training precept on (after sun-)set}}
\label{exp22}
Even if a bhikkhu who has been authorised should exhort the bhikkhunīs after the sun has set, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 23: The training precept on the bhikkhunī-quarters

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 23}{exp 23}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac23]{Expiation 23: The training precept on the bhikkhunī-quarters}}
\label{exp23}
If any bhikkhu, having approached the bhikkhunī-quarters, should exhort the bhikkhunīs, except at the [right] occasion, [this is a case] involving expiation. Here the occasion is this: a bhikkhunī is sick; this is the occasion here.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 24: The training precept on worldly gain

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 24}{exp 24}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac24]{Expiation 24: The training precept on worldly gain}}
\label{exp24}
If any bhikkhu should say so: ``The bhikkhus exhort bhikkhunīs for the sake of reward,'' [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 25: The training precept on giving robe(-cloth)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 25}{exp 25}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac25]{Expiation 25: The training precept on giving robe(-cloth)}}
\label{exp25}
If any bhikkhu should give a robe [-cloth] to an unrelated bhikkhunī, except in an exchange, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 26: The training precept on sewing a robe

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 26}{exp 26}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac26]{Expiation 26: The training precept on sewing a robe}}
\label{exp26}
If any bhikkhu should sew a robe or should have a robe sewn for an unrelated bhikkhunī, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 27: The training precept on making arrangements

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 27}{exp 27}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac27]{Expiation 27: The training precept on making arrangements}}
\label{exp27}
If any bhikkhu, having made an arrangement, should travel together with a bhikkhunī on the same main road, even [if] just the distance between villages, except at the [right] occasion, [this is a case] involving expiation. Here the occasion is this: the road, which is considered risky [and] which is dangerous, has to be gone with a company [of other travellers], this is the occasion here.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 28: The training precept on embarking on a boat

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 28}{exp 28}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac28]{Expiation 28: The training precept on embarking on a boat}}
\label{exp28}
If any bhikkhu, having made an arrangement, should embark [on a voyage] together with a bhikkhunī on the same boat, which is going up [-stream] or which is going down [-stream], except with [a boat which is] crossing over [a river], [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 29: The training precept on (alms-food) that has been prepared

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 29}{exp 29}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac29]{Expiation 29: The training precept on (alms-food) that has been prepared}}
\label{exp29}
If any bhikkhu should knowingly eat alms-food which a bhikkhunī has caused to be prepared, except through previous arrangement of householders, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 30: The training precept on taking a seat privately

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 30}{exp 30}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac30]{Expiation 30: The training precept on taking a seat privately}}
\label{exp30}
If any bhikkhu should sit down together with a bhikkhunī, privately, one [man] with one [woman], [this is a case] involving expiation.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on exhortation is third
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Eating
**** Expiation 31: The training precept on the alms-meal in the resthouse

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Eating}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 31}{exp 31}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac31]{Expiation 31: The training precept on the alms-meal in the resthouse}}
\label{exp31}
By a bhikkhu who is not ill one alms-meal in a resthouse can be eaten; if he should eat more than that, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 32: The training precept on eating in a group

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 32}{exp 32}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac32]{Expiation 32: The training precept on eating in a group}}
\label{exp32}
In eating [a meal] in a group, except at the [right] occasion, [there is a case] involving expiation. Here the occasion is this: the occasion of illness; the occasion of a giving of robe [-cloth]s; the occasion of a robe-making; the occasion of going on a [long] journey; the occasion of voyaging on a boat; the occasion of a great [gathering]; the occasion of a meal [made] by an ascetic; this is the occasion here.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 33: The training precept on substituting a meal

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 33}{exp 33}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac33]{Expiation 33: The training precept on substituting a meal}}
\label{exp33}
In [taking] a meal before another [invitation-meal], except at the [right] occasion, [there is a case] involving expiation. Here the occasion is this: the occasion of illness; the occasion of a giving of robe [-cloth]s; the occasion of a robe-making; this is the occasion here.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 34: The Kāṇa's mother training precept

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 34}{exp 34}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac34]{Expiation 34: The Kāṇa's mother training precept}}
\label{exp34}
Now, should a family invite a bhikkhu who has approached to take as many cakes and parched cakes [as he likes], by a bhikkhu who is wishing [so] two or three bowls full [of cakes] can be accepted; if he should accept more than that, [this is a case] involving expiation. Having accepted two or three bowls full, having taken [it] away from there, [it] is to be shared together with [other] bhikkhus. This is the proper procedure here.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 35: The first training precept on invitation

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 35}{exp 35}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac35]{Expiation 35: The first training precept on invitation}}
\label{exp35}
If any bhikkhu who has eaten [a meal], who has been invited [to take more and refused], should chew uncooked food or eat cooked food which is not left over, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 36: The second training precept on invitation

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 36}{exp 36}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac36]{Expiation 36: The second training precept on invitation}}
\label{exp36}
If any bhikkhu, knowingly [and] desiring to cause offence, should invite a bhikkhu, who has eaten [a meal and] who has been invited [to take more], to take uncooked food or cooked food which is not left over [saying]: ``Here, bhikkhu, chew and eat!,'' when [the bhikkhu] has eaten, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 37: The training precept on eating at the wrong time

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 37}{exp 37}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac37]{Expiation 37: The training precept on eating at the wrong time}}
\label{exp37}
If any bhikkhu should chew uncooked food or eat cooked food at the wrong time, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 38: The training precept on keeping (food) in store

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 38}{exp 38}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac38]{Expiation 38: The training precept on keeping (food) in store}}
\label{exp38}
If any bhikkhu should chew uncooked food or eat cooked food [while] keeping [it] in store, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 39: The training precept on superior food

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 39}{exp 39}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac39]{Expiation 39: The training precept on superior food}}
\label{exp39}
Those foods which are superior, namely: ghee, butter, oil, honey and molasses, fish, meat, milk, curd; whichever bhikkhu, who is not ill, having requested such superior foods for his own benefit, should eat [them], [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 40: The training precept on tooth-wood

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 40}{exp 40}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac40]{Expiation 40: The training precept on tooth-wood}}
\label{exp40}
If any bhikkhu should take into the mouth [any] nutriment that has not been given [to bhikkhus]; except water and tooth-wood, [this is a case] involving expiation.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on eating is fourth
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Naked Ascetics
**** Expiation 41: The training precept on naked ascetics

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Naked Ascetics}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 41}{exp 41}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac41]{Expiation 41: The training precept on naked ascetics}}
\label{exp41}
If any bhikkhu should give with his own hand uncooked food or cooked food to a naked ascetic or to a male wanderer or to a female wanderer, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 42: The training precept on dismissing

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 42}{exp 42}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac42]{Expiation 42: The training precept on dismissing}}
\label{exp42}
If any bhikkhu should say so to a bhikkhu, ``Come friend! We shall enter a village or town for alms,'' [then after] having had [food] given or not having had [food] given to him, should he dismiss [the bhikkhu saying], ``Go friend! There is no ease for me talking or sitting down together with you; there is ease for me talking or sitting down by myself;'' having made just this the reason, [and] not another, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 43: The training precept on having a meal

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 43}{exp 43}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac43]{Expiation 43: The training precept on having a meal}}
\label{exp43}
If any bhikkhu, having intruded upon an family having a meal, should sit down, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 44: The training precept on being privately and concealed

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 44}{exp 44}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac44]{Expiation 44: The training precept on being privately and concealed}}
\label{exp44}
If any bhikkhu should sit down together with a woman, privately, on a concealed seat, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 45: The training precept on taking a seat privately

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 45}{exp 45}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac45]{Expiation 45: The training precept on taking a seat privately}}
\label{exp45}
If any bhikkhu sit down together with a woman, one [man] with one [woman], privately, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 46: The training precept on visiting

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 46}{exp 46}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac46]{Expiation 46: The training precept on visiting}}
\label{exp46}
If any bhikkhu who has been invited for a meal, not having asked [permission to] a bhikkhu who is present [in the monastery], should go visiting families before the meal or after the meal, except at the [right] occasion, [this is a case] involving expiation. Here the occasion is this: the occasion of a giving of robe[-cloth]s; the occasion of a making of robes; this is the occasion here.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 47: The Mahānāma training precept

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 47}{exp 47}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac47]{Expiation 47: The Mahānāma training precept}}
\label{exp47}
By a bhikkhu who is not ill a four-month invitation for requisites can be accepted; except with a repeated invitation, except with a permanent invitation; if he should accept more than that, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 48: The training precept on the army in action

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 48}{exp 48}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac48]{Expiation 48: The training precept on the army in action}}
\label{exp48}
If any bhikkhu should should go to visit an army in action; except with an appropriate reason, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 49: The training precept on staying in the army

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 49}{exp 49}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac49]{Expiation 49: The training precept on staying in the army}}
\label{exp49}
And if there might be any reason for that bhikkhu for going to the army, two nights or three nights can be stayed within the army by that bhikkhu; if he should stay more than that, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 50: The training precept on battle-fields

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 50}{exp 50}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac50]{Expiation 50: The training precept on battle-fields}}
\label{exp50}
If a bhikkhu staying two nights or three nights within an army should go to a battle-field, or a review, or a massing of the army, or an inspection of units, [this is a case] involving expiation.

\begin{center}
The section on naked ascetics is fifth.
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Alcoholic Drink
**** Expiation 51: The training precept on alcoholic drink

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Alcoholic Drink}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 51}{exp 51}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac51]{Expiation 51: The training precept on alcoholic drink}}
\label{exp51}
In drinking alcoholic drink made of grain [products] or fruit [and/or flower products], [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 52: The training precept on tickling with the fingers

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 52}{exp 52}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac52]{Expiation 52: The training precept on tickling with the fingers}}
\label{exp52}
In tickling with the fingers, [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 53: The training precept on the act of playing

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 53}{exp 53}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac53]{Expiation 53: The training precept on the act of playing}}
\label{exp53}
In the act of playing in water, [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 54: The training precept on disrespect

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 54}{exp 54}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac54]{Expiation 54: The training precept on disrespect}}
\label{exp54}
In disrespect, [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 55: The training precept on scaring

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 55}{exp 55}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac55]{Expiation 55: The training precept on scaring}}
\label{exp55}
If any bhikkhu should scare [another] bhikkhu, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 56: The training precept on (lighting) fires

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 56}{exp 56}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac56]{Expiation 56: The training precept on (lighting) fires}}
\label{exp56}
If any bhikkhu who is not ill, desiring to warm [himself], should light a fire or should have [it] lit, except with an appropriate reason, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 57: The training precept on bathing

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 57}{exp 57}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac57]{Expiation 57: The training precept on bathing}}
\label{exp57}
If any bhikkhu should should bathe within less than half a month, except at the [right] occasion, [this is a case] involving expiation. Here the occasion is this [thinking]: ``one and a half month is what remains of the hot season,'' [and ``this is] the first month of the rainy season''—these two and a half months [are] the occasion of dry heat, [and] the occasion of humid heat—[also:] the occasion of being sick; the occasion of work; the occasion of going on a journey; the occasion of [dusty] wind and rain; this is the occasion here.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 58: The training precept on stains

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 58}{exp 58}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac58]{Expiation 58: The training precept on stains}}
\label{exp58}
By a monk with the gain of a new robe a certain stain [from] amongst the three stains is to be applied: darkblue or muddy [-grey] or dark-brown. If a bhikkhu, not having applied a certain stain [from] amongst the three stains, should use a new robe, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 59: The training precept on assigning

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 59}{exp 59}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac59]{Expiation 59: The training precept on assigning}}
\label{exp59}
If any bhikkhu, having himself assigned a robe to a bhikkhu or a bhikkhunī or a male novice or a female novice, should use [it] without withdrawing [the assignment], [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 60: The training precept on hiding

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 60}{exp 60}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac60]{Expiation 60: The training precept on hiding}}
\label{exp60}
If any bhikkhu should hide a bhikkhu's bowl or robe or sitting-cloth or needle case or body-belt, or have [it] hidden, even if just desiring amusement, [this is a case] involving expiation.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on alcoholic drink is sixth
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Living Beings
**** Expiation 61: The training precept on intentionally (depriving a being of life)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Living Beings}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 61}{exp 61}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac61]{Expiation 61: The training precept on intentionally (depriving a being of life)}}
\label{exp61}
If any bhikkhu should intentionally deprive a living being of life, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 62: The training precept on (water) with living beings

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 62}{exp 62}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac62]{Expiation 62: The training precept on (water) with living beings}}
\label{exp62}
If any bhikkhu should knowingly use water containing living beings, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 63: The training precept on agitating

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 63}{exp 63}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac63]{Expiation 63: The training precept on agitating}}
\label{exp63}
If any bhikkhu should knowingly agitate for further [legal] action a legal issue which has been disposed of according to the law, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 64: The training precept on depraved (offences)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 64}{exp 64}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac64]{Expiation 64: The training precept on depraved (offences)}}
\label{exp64}
If any bhikkhu should knowingly conceal a bhikkhu's depraved offence, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 65: The training precept on (a person) less than twenty years (old)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 65}{exp 65}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac65]{Expiation 65: The training precept on (a person) less than twenty years (old)}}
\label{exp65}
If any bhikkhu should knowingly have a person who is less than twenty years [old] fully admitted [into the bhikkhu-community], then that person is one who has not been fully admitted and those bhikkhus are blameworthy. Because of that, this [is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 66: The training precept on a company (of travellers intent on) theft

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 66}{exp 66}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac66]{Expiation 66: The training precept on a company (of travellers intent on) theft}}
\label{exp66}
If any bhikkhu, having made an arrangement, should knowingly travel together on the same main road with a company of thieves, even [if] just the distance between villages, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 67: The training precept on making arrangements

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 67}{exp 67}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac67]{Expiation 67: The training precept on making arrangements}}
\label{exp67}
If any bhikkhu, having made an arrangement, should travel together with a woman on the same main road, even [if] just the distance between villages, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 68: The Ariṭṭha training precept

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 68}{exp 68}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac68]{Expiation 68: The Ariṭṭha training precept}}
\label{exp68}
If any bhikkhu should say so, ``As I understand the Teaching taught by the Fortunate One, these obstructive acts which are spoken of by the Fortunate One: they are not enough to be an obstruction for the one who is being engaged in [them],'' [then] that bhikkhu is to be spoken to thus by the bhikkhus: ``Venerable, don't say so! Don't misrepresent the Fortunate One; for the misrepresentation of the Fortunate One is not good; for the Fortunate One would not say so; friend, [that] obstructive acts are [really] obstructive is spoken of in manifold ways by the Fortunate One and they are enough to be an obstruction for the one who is being engaged in [them],'' and [if] that bhikkhu being spoken to thus by the bhikkhus should persist in the same way [as before], [then] that bhikkhu is to be argued with up to three times by the bhikkhus for the relinquishing of that [view], [and if that bhikkhu,] being argued with up to three times, should relinquish that [view], then this is good, [but] if he should not relinquish [it]: [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 69: The training precept on boycotted food

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 69}{exp 69}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac69]{Expiation 69: The training precept on boycotted food}}
\label{exp69}
If any bhikkhu knowingly should eat together with, or should live together with, or should use a sleeping place together with a bhikkhu who is speaking thus, who has not performed the normal procedure, who has not relinquished that view, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 70: The Kaṇṭaka training precept

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 70}{exp 70}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac70]{Expiation 70: The Kaṇṭaka training precept}}
\label{exp70}
If a novice should say so too, ``As I understand the Teaching taught by the Fortunate One, these obstructive acts which are spoken of by the Fortunate One: they are not enough to be an obstruction for the one who is being engaged in [them],'' [then] that novice is to be spoken to thus by the bhikkhus, ``Friend novice, don't say so! Don't misrepresent the Fortunate One; for the misrepresentation of the Fortunate One is not good; for the Fortunate One would not say so; friend novice, [that] obstructive acts are [really] obstructive is spoken of in manifold ways by the Fortunate One and they are enough to be an obstruction for the one who is engaging [in them],'' and if that novice being spoken to thus by the bhikkhus should persist in the same way [as before], [then] that novice is to be spoken to thus by the bhikkhus, ``From today on, friend novice, the Fortunate One is not to be referred to as the teacher by you, and also the two or three nights sleeping together [in one room] with bhikkhus that other novices get, that too is not for you. Go away, disappear!'' If any bhikkhu knowingly should treat kindly such an expelled novice, or should make [him] attend [to himself], or should eat together with [him], or should use a sleeping place together with [him], [this is a case] involving expiation.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on living beings is seventh
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Righteous Speech
**** Expiation 71: The training precept on (being spoken to) righteously

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Righteous Speech}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 71}{exp 71}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac71]{Expiation 71: The training precept on (being spoken to) righteously}}
\label{exp71}
If any bhikkhu when being righteously spoken to by bhikkhus should say so, ``Friends, I shall not train in this training precept for as long as I can not question another bhikkhu [about it] who is a learned memoriser of the discipline,'' [this is a case] involving expiation. Bhikkhus, [the training precept] is to be understood, is to be questioned about, is to be investigated by a bhikkhu who is training [in it]. This is the proper procedure here.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 72: The training precept on creating discomfort

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 72}{exp 72}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac72]{Expiation 72: The training precept on creating discomfort}}
\label{exp72}
If any bhikkhu, when the Disciplinary Code is being recited, should say so, ``But why these small and minute training precepts that are recited? They just lead to worry, annoyance, [and] discomfort.'' In the disparaging of training precepts, [there is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 73: The training precept on delusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 73}{exp 73}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac73]{Expiation 73: The training precept on delusion}}
\label{exp73}
If any bhikkhu when the Disciplinary Code is being recited half-monthly should say so, ``Only now I know! This too, indeed, is a case which has been handed down in the Sutta, which has been included in the Sutta, which comes up for recitation half-monthly!'' [and] if other bhikkhus should know [about] that bhikkhu [thus], ``This bhikkhu has sat [in] two or three times previously when the Disciplinary Code was being recited. What to say about more [times than that]!'' [then] there is no release for that bhikkhu through not-knowing, and whatever the offence is that he has committed there, he is to be made to do according to that case and moreover his deluding is to be exposed, ``Because of that [there are] losses for you, because of that [it] has been ill-gained by you, that you, when the Disciplinary Code is being recited, do not take [it] to mind [after] having focussed carefully [on it].'' Because of that deluding, this [is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 74: The training precept on (giving) a blow

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 74}{exp 74}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac74]{Expiation 74: The training precept on (giving) a blow}}
\label{exp74}
If any bhikkhu who is resentful [and] displeased should give a blow to a bhikkhu, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 75: The training precept on (brandishing) the hand-palm like a dagger

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 75}{exp 75}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac75]{Expiation 75: The training precept on (brandishing) the hand-palm like a dagger}}
\label{exp75}
If any bhikkhu should brandish the palm of the hand [threateningly] like [one holds] a dagger to a bhikkhu, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 76: The training precept on being groundless

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 76}{exp 76}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac76]{Expiation 76: The training precept on being groundless}}
\label{exp76}
If any bhikkhu should should accuse a bhikkhu with a groundless [case concerning] the community in the beginning and in the rest [of the procedure], [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 77: The training precept on deliberately (provoking worry)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 77}{exp 77}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac77]{Expiation 77: The training precept on deliberately (provoking worry)}}
\label{exp77}
If any bhikkhu should deliberately provoke worry for a bhikkhu [thinking], ``Thus there will be discomfort for him, even [if only] for a short time,'' having made just this the reason, [and] not another, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 78: The training precept on overhearing

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 78}{exp 78}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac78]{Expiation 78: The training precept on overhearing}}
\label{exp78}
If any bhikkhu should stand overhearing bhikkhus who are arguing, who are quarrelling, who are engaged in dispute [thinking], ``I shall hear what these ones will say,'' having made just this the reason, [and] not another, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 79: The training precept on the averting of legal action

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 79}{exp 79}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac79]{Expiation 79: The training precept on the averting of legal action}}
\label{exp79}
If any bhikkhu, having given consent to legitimate [legal] actions, should afterwards engage in the act of criticising, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 80: The training precept on going without having given consent

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 80}{exp 80}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac80]{Expiation 80: The training precept on going without having given consent}}
\label{exp80}
If any bhikkhu, when investigatory discussion is going on in the community, not having given [his] consent, having gotten up from [his] seat, should depart, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 81: The training precept on feeble (-robes)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 81}{exp 81}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac81]{Expiation 81: The training precept on feeble (-robes)}}
\label{exp81}
If any bhikkhu, having given a robe[-cloth] [together] with a united community, should afterwards engage in criticising [saying]: ``The bhikkhus allocate communal gain according to familiarity,'' [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 82: The training precept on allocation

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 82}{exp 82}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac82]{Expiation 82: The training precept on allocation}}
\label{exp82}
If any bhikkhu should knowingly allocate [already] allocated communal gain to a [lay-] person, [this is a case] involving expiation.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] about [being spoken to] righteously is eighth
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Kings
**** Expiation 83: The training precept on the harem

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Kings}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 83}{exp 83}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac83]{Expiation 83: The training precept on the harem}}
\label{exp83}
If any bhikkhu, without having been announced beforehand, should go beyond the boundary post of a noble consecrated king's [bed-room] when the king has not departed, [and] the [queen-] jewel has not withdrawn, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 84: The training precept on treasures

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 84}{exp 84}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac84]{Expiation 84: The training precept on treasures}}
\label{exp84}
If any bhikkhu should pick up, or should make [someone else] pick up, a treasure or what is considered a treasure, except within a monastery or within a dwelling, [this is a case] involving expiation. However, by a bhikkhu having picked up, or having had picked up, a treasure or what is considered a treasure within a monastery or within a dwelling, [it] is to be put aside [thinking]: ``He to whom it belongs will take it.'' This is the proper procedure here.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 85: The training precept on entering at the wrong time

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 85}{exp 85}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac85]{Expiation 85: The training precept on entering at the wrong time}}
\label{exp85}
If any bhikkhu, not having asked (permission of) a bhikkhu who is present, should enter a village at the wrong time, except with an appropriate urgent duty, [this is a case] involving expiation.

#+end_src

**** Expiation 86: The training precept on the needle case

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 86}{exp 86}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac86]{Expiation 86: The training precept on the needle case}}
\label{exp86}
If any bhikkhu should have a needle-case made, which is made of bone, or made of ivory, or made of horn, [this is a case] involving expiation with breaking up [the needle-case].

#+end_src

**** Expiation 87: The training precept on beds or seats

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 87}{exp 87}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac87]{Expiation 87: The training precept on beds or seats}}
\label{exp87}
By a bhikkhu who is having a new bed or seat made, [a bed or seat] which has legs of eight fingerbreadths is to be made, according to the Sugata-finger-breadth, except the lowermost [edge of the] frame. For one who lets it exceed [this measure], [this is a case] involving expiation with cutting [down the legs].

#+end_src

**** Expiation 88: The training precept on covered with cotton

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 88}{exp 88}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac88]{Expiation 88: The training precept on covered with cotton}}
\label{exp88}
If any bhikkhu should have a bed or seat covered with cotton made, [this is a case] involving expiation with tearing off [the cotton].

#+end_src

**** Expiation 89: The training precept on the sitting-cloth

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 89}{exp 89}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac89]{Expiation 89: The training precept on the sitting-cloth}}
\label{exp89}
By a bhikkhu who is having a sitting-cloth made, [a sitting-cloth] which has the [proper] measure is to be made. This measure here is: two spans of the sugata-span in length, one and a half across, [and] the border is a span. For one who lets it exceed [the measure], [this is a case] involving expiation with cutting [off the cloth].

#+end_src

**** Expiation 90: The training precept on itch-coverings

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 90}{exp 90}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac90]{Expiation 90: The training precept on itch-coverings}}
\label{exp90}
y a bhikkhu who is having an itch-covering [-cloth] made, [an itch-covering] which has the [proper] measure is to be made. This measure here is: four spans of the Sugata-span in length, two spans across. For one who lets it exceed [the measure], [this is a case] involving expiation with cutting off [ the cloth].

#+end_src

**** Expiation 91: The training precept on rain's bathing-cloth

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 91}{exp 91}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac91]{Expiation 91: The training precept on rain's bathing-cloth}}
\label{exp91}
By a bhikkhu who is having a rain's bathing-cloth made, [a bathing-cloth] which has the [proper] measure is to be made. This measure here is: six spans of the sugata-span in length, two and a half across. For one who lets it exceed [the measure], [this is a case] involving expiation with cutting [off the cloth].

#+end_src

**** Expiation 92: The Nanda training precept

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Expitation 92}{exp 92}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[pac92]{Expiation 92: The Nanda training precept}}
\label{exp92}
If any bhikkhu should have a robe made which has the sugata-robe measure or [one] which is more [than that], [this is a case] involving expiation with cutting [off the robe]. This is the Sugata's sugata-robe measure here: nine spans of the sugata-span in length, six spans across. This is the Sugata's sugata-robe measure.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on kings is ninth
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/expiations.tex

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Venerables, the ninety-two cases involving expiation have been recited.

	\smallskip

	Concerning that I ask the Venerables: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A second time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A third time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?

	\smallskip

	The venerables are pure in this, therefore there is silence, thus I keep this [in mind].
\end{center}

\begin{outro}
	The [cases] involving expiation are finished.
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Acknowledgments
*** Acknowledgment 1: The first training precept on what is to be acknowledged

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/acknowledgments.tex

\section{Acknowledgments}
\label{ack}

\begin{intro}
	Venerables, these four cases that are to be acknowledged come up for recitation.
\end{intro}

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsubsectionFmtalt}
\pdfbookmark[3]{Acknowledgment 1}{ack1}
\subsection*{\hyperref[pd1]{Acknowledgment 1: The first training precept on what is to be acknowledged}}
\label{ack1}
If any bhikkhu, having accepted [it] with his own hand from the hand of an unrelated bhikkhunī who has entered an inhabited area [for alms], should chew uncooked food or eat cooked food], [it] is to be acknowledged by that bhikkhu [saying]: ``Friend[s], I have committed a blameworthy act which is unsuitable, which is to be acknowledged; I acknowledge it.''

#+end_src

*** Acknowledgment 2: The second training precept on what is to be acknowledged

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/acknowledgments.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Acknowledgment 2}{ack2}
\subsection*{\hyperref[pd2]{Acknowledgment 2: The second training precept on what is to be acknowledged}}
\label{ack2}
Now, bhikkhus who have been invited are eating among families, and if a bhikkhunī who is giving directions is standing there [saying], ``Give curry here, give rice here!'' [then] by those bhikkhus that bhikkhunī is to be dismissed [saying], ``Go away, sister, for as long as the bhikkhus eat!,'' and if not even one bhikkhu would speak against [it, so as] to dismiss that bhikkhunī [saying], ``Go away, sister, for as long as the bhikkhus eat!,'' [then it] is to be acknowledged by those bhikkhus, ``Friend[s], we have committed a blameworthy act which is unsuitable, which is to be acknowledged; we acknowledge it.''

#+end_src

*** Acknowledgment 3: The third training precept on what is to be acknowledged

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/acknowledgments.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Acknowledgment 3}{ack3}
\subsection*{\hyperref[pd3]{Acknowledgment 3: The third training precept on what is to be acknowledged}}
\label{ack3}
Now, [there are] those families which are agreed upon as trainees: if any bhikkhu who has not been invited beforehand, who is not ill, should chew uncooked food or eat cooked food having accepted [it] with his own hand in families who are of such a kind, who are considered trainees, [then it] is to be acknowledged by that bhikkhu: ``Friend[s], I have committed a blameworthy act which is unsuitable, which is to be acknowledged; I acknowledge it.''

#+end_src

*** Acknowledgment 4: The fourth training precept on what is to be acknowledged

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/acknowledgments.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Acknowledgment 4}{ack4}
\subsection*{\hyperref[pd4]{Acknowledgment 4: The fourth training precept on what is to be acknowledged}}
\label{ack4}
Now, [there are] those those wilderness lodgings which are considered risky, which are dangerous: if any bhikkhu, [staying] in lodgings which are of such a kind, without having announced [the danger] beforehand, having accepted [the food] with his own hand inside the monastery, [and then] not being ill, should chew uncooked food or eat cooked food, [then it] is to be acknowledged by that bhikkhu, ``Friend[s], I have committed a blameworthy act which is unsuitable, which is to be acknowledged; I acknowledge it.''

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/acknowledgments.tex

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Venerables, the four cases that are to be acknowledged have been recited.

	\smallskip

	Concerning that I ask the Venerables: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A second time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A third time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?

	\smallskip

	The venerables are pure in this, therefore there is silence, thus I bear this [in mind].
\end{center}

\begin{outro}
	The [cases] which are to be acknowledged have finished
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Trainings
*** The Section on Being Even All Around
**** Training 1 & 2: The training precept on being even all around

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\section{Trainings}
\label{trainings}

\begin{intro}
	Venerables, these cases related to the training come up for recitation.
\end{intro}

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Being Even All Around}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 1 \& 2}{training1-2}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh1-2]{Training 1 \& 2: The training precept on being even all around}}
\label{training1-2}
``I shall wear [the under-robe] even all around,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall wrap [the outer-robes] even all around,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 3 & 4: The training precept on being well covered

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 3 \& 4}{training3-4}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh3-4]{Training 3 \& 4: The training precept on being well covered}}
\label{training3-4}
``I shall go well covered inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall sit well covered inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 5 & 6: The training precept on being well restrained

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 5 \& 6}{training5-6}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh5-6]{Training 5 \& 6: The training precept on being well restrained}}
\label{training5-6}
``I shall go well-restrained inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall sit well-restrained inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 7 & 8: The training precept on the eyes cast down

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 7 \& 8}{training7-8}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh7-8]{Training 7 \& 8: The training precept on the eyes cast down}}
\label{training7-8}
``I shall go with the eyes cast down inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall sit with the eyes cast down inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 9 & 10: The training precept on (robes) lifted up

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 9 \& 10}{training9-10}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh9-10]{Training 9 \& 10: The training precept on (robes) lifted up}}
\label{training9-10}
``I shall not go with [robes] lifted up inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall not sit with [robes] lifted up inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on being even all round is first
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Loud Laughter
**** Training 11 & 12: The training precept on loud laughter

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Loud Laughter}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 11 \& 12}{training11-12}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh11-12]{Training 11 \& 12: The training precept on loud laughter}}
\label{training11-12}
``I shall not go with loud laughter inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall not sit with loud laughter inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 13 & 14: The training precept on loud sounds

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 13 \& 14}{training13-14}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh13-14]{Training 13 \& 14: The training precept on loud sounds}}
\label{training13-14}
``I shall go quiet[ly] inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall sit quiet[ly] inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 15 & 16: The training precept on swaying the body

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 15 \& 16}{training15-16}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh15-16]{Training 15 \& 16: The training precept on swaying the body}}
\label{training15-16}
``I shall not go swaying the body inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall not sit swaying the body inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 17 & 18: The training precept on swaying the arms

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 17 \& 18}{training17-18}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh17-18]{Training 17 \& 18: The training precept on swaying the arms}}
\label{training17-18}
``I shall not go swaying the arms inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall not sit swaying the arms inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 19 & 20: The training precept on swaying the head

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 19 \& 20}{training19-20}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh19-20]{Training 19 \& 20: The training precept on swaying the head}}
\label{training19-20}
``I shall not go swaying the head inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall not sit swaying the head inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on loud laughter is second
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Making Into a Prop
**** Training 21 & 22: The training precept on making into a prop

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Making Into a Prop}
% \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 21 \& 22}{training21-22}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh21-22]{Training 21 \& 22: The training precept on making into a prop}}
\label{training21-22}
``I shall not go having made [the arms] a prop inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall not sit having made [the arms] a prop inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 23 & 24: The training precept on being (with the head) covered

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 23 \& 24}{training23-24}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh23-24]{Training 23 \& 24: The training precept on being (with the head) covered}}
\label{training23-24}
``I shall not go with [the head] covered inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.\\
``I shall not sit with [the head] covered inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 25: The training precept on crouching

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 25}{training25}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh25]{Training 25: The training precept on crouching}}
\label{training25}
``I shall not go in a crouching [posture] inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 26: The training precept on (knees being) clasped around

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 26}{training26}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh26]{Training 26: The training precept on (knees being) clasped around}}
\label{training26}
``I shall not sit with the [knees] clasped-around inside an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 27: The training precept on accepting in a respectul manner

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 27}{training27}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh27]{Training 27: The training precept on accepting in a respectul manner}}
\label{training27}
``I shall accept alms-food appreciatively,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 28: The training precept on paying attention to the bowl (while) accepting

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 28}{training28}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh28]{Training 28: The training precept on paying attention to the bowl (while) accepting}}
\label{training28}
``I shall accept alms-food paying attention to the bowl,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 29: The training precept on accepting curry in the proper proportion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 29}{training29}
\subsubsection*{T\hyperref[sekh29]{raining 29: The training precept on accepting curry in the proper proportion}}
\label{training29}
``I shall accept alms-food which has curry in the proper proportion,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 30: The training precept on (alms-food) level with the rim

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 30}{training30}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh30]{Training 30: The training precept on (alms-food) level with the rim}}
\label{training30}
``I shall accept alms-food which is level with the rim,'' thus the training is to be done.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on making into a prop is third
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Eating in a Respectful Manner
**** Training 31: The training precept on eating in a respectful manner

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Eating in a Respectful Manner}
\ifafiveversion\vspace{0.2cm}\fi
\ifninebythirteenversion\vspace{0.15cm}\fi

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 31}{training31}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh31]{Training 31: The training precept on eating in a respectful manner}}
\label{training31}
``I shall eat alms-food appreciatively,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 32: The training precept on paying attention (while) eating

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 32}{training32}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh32]{Training 32: The training precept on paying attention (while) eating}}
\label{training32}
``I shall eat alms-food paying attention to the bowl,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 33: The training precept on (eating) systematically

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 33}{training33}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh33]{Training 33: The training precept on (eating) systematically}}
\label{training33}
``I shall eat alms-food systematically,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 34: The training precept on the proper proportion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 34}{training34}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh34]{Training 34: The training precept on the proper proportion}}
\label{training34}
``I shall eat alms-food which has curry in the proper proportion,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 35: The training precept on (alms-food) not made into a heap

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 35}{training35}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh35]{Training 35: The training precept on (alms-food) not made into a heap}}
\label{training35}
I shall not eat alms-food, having pressed [it] down into a shall heap,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 36: The training precept on covering with rice

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 36}{training36}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh36]{Training 36: The training precept on covering with rice}}
\label{training36}
``I shall not cover curry or condiment with rice out of liking for more,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 37: The training precept on suggesting rice or curry

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 37}{training37}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh37]{Training 37: The training precept on suggesting rice or curry}}
\label{training37}
``I shall not eat curry or rice, [when] not ill, having requested [it] for his own benefit, thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 38: The training precept on finding fault

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 38}{training38}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh38]{Training 38: The training precept on finding fault}}
\label{training38}
``I shall not look at another's bowl finding fault,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 39: The training precept on morsels

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 39}{training39}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh39]{Training 39: The training precept on morsels}}
\label{training39}
``I shall not make an over-large morsel [of food],'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 40: The training precept on pieces (of food)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 40}{training40}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh40]{Training 40: The training precept on pieces (of food)}}
\label{training40}
``I shall eat a round piece [of food],'' thus the training is to be done.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on respectful manner is fourth
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Morsels of Food
**** Training 41: The training precept on what has not been brought to (the mouth)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Morsels of Food}
%% % \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 41}{training41}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh41]{Training 41: The training precept on what has not been brought to (the mouth)}}
\label{training41}
``I shall not open the mouth when the morsel [of food] has not been brought to [it],'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 42: The training precept on eating

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 42}{training42}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh42]{Training 42: The training precept on eating}}
\label{training42}
I shall not put the whole hand onto the mouth while eating,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 43: The training precept on having a morsel (of food)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 43}{training43}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh43]{Training 43: The training precept on having a morsel (of food)}}
\label{training43}
``I shall not speak with a mouth which has a morsel [of food in it],'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 44: The training precept on the tossing up of bits (of food)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 44}{training44}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh44]{Training 44: The training precept on the tossing up of bits (of food)}}
\label{training44}
``I shall not eat tossing up bits [of food],'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 45: The training precept on biting off a morsel

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 45}{training45}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh45]{Training 45: The training precept on biting off a morsel}}
\label{training45}
``I shall not eat biting off a morsel [of food],'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 46: The training precept on puffing up the cheeks

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 46}{training46}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh46]{Training 46: The training precept on puffing up the cheeks}}
\label{training46}
``I shall not eat puffing up [the cheeks],'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 47: The training precept on shaking off the hand

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 47}{training47}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh47]{Training 47: The training precept on shaking off the hand}}
\label{training47}
``I shall not eat shaking [food] off the hand,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 48: The training precept on scattering rice grains

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 48}{training48}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh48]{Training 48: The training precept on scattering rice grains}}
\label{training48}
I shall not eat scattering rice-grains,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 49: The training precept on sticking out the tongue]

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 49}{training49}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh49]{Training 49: The training precept on sticking out the tongue]}}
\label{training49}
``I shall not eat sticking out the tongue,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 50: [The training precept on making chomping (sounds)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 50}{training50}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh50]{Training 50: [The training precept on making chomping (sounds)}}
\label{training50}
``I shall not eat making chomping [sounds],'' thus the training is to be done.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on morsels of food is fifth
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Slurping
**** Training 51: The training precept on making slurping (sounds)

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Slurping}
%% % \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 51}{training51}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh51]{Training 51: The training precept on making slurping (sounds)}}
\label{training51}
``I shall not eat making slurping [sounds],'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 52: The training precept on licking the hand

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 52}{training52}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh52]{Training 52: The training precept on licking the hand}}
\label{training52}
I shall not eat licking the hand,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 53: The training precept on licking the bowl

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 53}{training53}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh53]{Training 53: The training precept on licking the bowl}}
\label{training53}
``I shall not eat licking the bowl,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 54: The training precept on licking the lips

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 54}{training54}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh54]{Training 54: The training precept on licking the lips}}
\label{training54}
``I shall not eat licking the lip[s],'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 55: The training precept on (a hand soiled) with food

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 55}{training55}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh55]{Training 55: The training precept on (a hand soiled) with food}}
\label{training55}
``I shall not accept a drinking-water cup with a hand which is [soiled] with food,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 56: The training precept on (bowl-washing water) with rice grains

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 56}{training56}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh56]{Training 56: The training precept on (bowl-washing water) with rice grains}}
\label{training56}
``I shall not throw away bowl-washing water which has rice-grains [in it] in an inhabited area,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 57: The training precept on the sunshade in (his) hand

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 57}{training57}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh57]{Training 57: The training precept on the sunshade in (his) hand}}
\label{training57}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one who has a sunshade in [his] hand, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 58: The training precept on the stick in (his) hand

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 58}{training58}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh58]{Training 58: The training precept on the stick in (his) hand}}
\label{training58}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one who has a stick in [his] hand, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 59: The training precept on the knife in (his) hand

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 59}{training59}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh59]{Training 59: The training precept on the knife in (his) hand}}
\label{training59}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one who has a knife in [his] hand [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 60: The training precept on the weapon in (his) hand

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 60}{training60}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh60]{Training 60: The training precept on the weapon in (his) hand}}
\label{training60}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one who has a weapon in [his] hand, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on slurping is sixth
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** The Section on Shoes
**** Training 61: The training precept on shoes

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\setsubsecheadstyle{\subsectionFmt}
\subsection{The Section on Shoes}
%% % \vspace{0.2cm}

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 61}{training61}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh61]{Training 61: The training precept on shoes}}
\label{training61}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one who is wearing shoes, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 62: The training precept on sandals

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 62}{training62}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh62]{Training 62: The training precept on sandals}}
\label{training62}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one who is wearing sandals, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 63: The training precept on vehicles

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 63}{training63}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh63]{Training 63: The training precept on vehicles}}
\label{training63}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one who is in a vehicle, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 64: The training precept on couches

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 64}{training64}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh64]{Training 64: The training precept on couches}}
\label{training64}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one who is on a couch, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 65: The training precept on (knees being) clasped around

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 65}{training65}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh65]{Training 65: The training precept on (knees being) clasped around}}
\label{training65}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one sitting with [the knees] clasped-around, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 66: The training precept on being wrapped

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 66}{training66}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh66]{Training 66: The training precept on being wrapped}}
\label{training66}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one whose head is wrapped [with a turban], [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 67: The training precept on being covered

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 67}{training67}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh67]{Training 67: The training precept on being covered}}
\label{training67}
``I shall not teach Dhamma to one whose head is covered, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 68: The training precept on (sitting) on the ground

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 68}{training68}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh68]{Training 68: The training precept on (sitting) on the ground}}
\label{training68}
``Having sat down on the ground, I shall not teach Dhamma, to one who is sitting on a seat, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 69: The training precept on a low seat

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 69}{training69}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh69]{Training 69: The training precept on a low seat}}
\label{training69}
``Having sat down on a low seat, I shall not teach Dhamma to one who is sitting on a high seat [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 70: The training precept on standing

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 70}{training70}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh70]{Training 70: The training precept on standing}}
\label{training70}
``I shall not teach Dhamma [while] standing, to one who is sitting, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 71: The training precept on going behind

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 71}{training71}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh71]{Training 71: The training precept on going behind}}
\label{training71}
``I shall not teach Dhamma [while] walking behind, to one who is going in front, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 72: The training precept on going off the path

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 72}{training72}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh72]{Training 72: The training precept on going off the path}}
\label{training72}
``I shall not teach Dhamma [while] walking off the path to one walking on the path, [and] who is not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 73: The training precept on excreting while standing

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 73}{training73}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh73]{Training 73: The training precept on excreting while standing}}
\label{training73}
``I shall not excrete or urinate [while] standing [and while] not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 74: The training precept on excreting on crops

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 74}{training74}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh74]{Training 74: The training precept on excreting on crops}}
\label{training74}
``I shall not excrete or urinate or spit on crops, [while] not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

#+end_src

**** Training 75: The training precept on excreting in water

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\pdfbookmark[3]{Training 75}{training75}
\subsubsection*{\hyperref[sekh75]{Training 75: The training precept on excreting in water}}
\label{training75}

``I shall not excrete or urinate or spit in water, [while] not ill,'' thus the training is to be done.

\begin{center}
	The section [starting with the rule] on shoes is seventh
\end{center}

#+end_src

*** Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/trainings.tex

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Venerables, the cases related to the training have been recited.

	\smallskip

	Concerning that I ask the Venerables: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A second time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A third time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?

	\smallskip

	The Venerables are pure in this, therefore there is silence, thus I keep this [in mind].
\end{center}

\begin{outro}
	The cases related to the training have finished
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Settlements of Legal Issues

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/settlements.tex

\section{Settlements of Legal Issues}
\label{settlements}

\begin{intro}
	Venerables, these seven cases that are settlements of legal issues come up for recitation.
\end{intro}

For the calming, for the stilling of whichever legal issues have arisen: the removal through the presence [of the bhikkhu] is to be given, the removal [of the accusation] through remembrance is to be given, the removal [of the accusation] through not [being] insane is to be given, he is to be made to do [the offence procedure] through admitting [the offence], the [decision of the] majority, [the decision making it] worse for him, [the decision] covering [the offences as if] with grass.

\medskip

\begin{center}
	Recited, Venerables, have been the seven cases that are settlements of legal issues.

	\smallskip

	Concerning that I ask the Venerables: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A second time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?\\
	A third time again I ask: [Are you] pure in this?

	\smallskip

	The venerables are pure in this, therefore there is silence, thus I keep this [in mind].
\end{center}

\begin{outro}
	The cases that are settlements of legal issues have finished
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Disciplinary Code Conclusion

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/english/conclusion.tex

\section{Disciplinary Code Conclusion}
\label{conclusion}

Venerables, the introduction has been recited.\\
Venerables, the four cases involving disqualification have been recited.\\
Venerables, the thirteen cases [involving] the community in the beginning and in the rest have been recited.\\
Venerables, the two indefinite cases have been recited.\\
Venerables, the thirty cases involving expiation with forfeiture have been recited.\\
Venerables, the ninety-two cases involving expiation have been recited.\\
Venerables, the four cases that are to be acknowledged have been recited.\\
Venerables, the cases related to the training have been recited. Venerables, the seven cases that are settlements of legal issues have been recited.

This much [of the training-rules] of the Fortunate One has been handed down in the Sutta, has been included in the Sutta, [and] comes up for recitation half-monthly. Herein is to be trained by all who are united, who are on friendly terms, who are not disputing.

\begin{outro}
	The Disciplinary Code of the Bhikkhu has been finished
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

* Post-Pātimokkha Recitations
** Cover/Title

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/post-patimokkha.tex

\chapterOpeningPage{appendix-compressed.jpg}

\chapter{Post-Pātimokkha Recitations}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Pubbabhāga

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/post/pubba-bhaga.tex

\section{Pubba-bhāga}
\label{pubba-bhaga}

%% \vspace{0.1em}

\begin{intro}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Namo tassa \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{intro}

Bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa \hfill{[3x]}

%% \smallskip

\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Handa mayaṁ sacca-kiriyā-gāthāyo bhaṇāmase \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}

%% \vspace{-0.1cm}

\begin{hanging-indent}
N'atthi me saraṇaṁ aññaṁ\\
Buddho me saraṇaṁ varaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}
\begin{hanging-indent}
Etena sacca-vajjena\\
Sotthi me hotu sabbadā.
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
N'atthi me saraṇaṁ aññaṁ\\
Dhammo me saraṇaṁ varaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}
\begin{hanging-indent}
Etena sacca-vajjena\\
Sotthi me hotu sabbadā.
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
N'atthi me saraṇaṁ aññaṁ\\
Saṅgho me saraṇaṁ varaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}
\begin{hanging-indent}
Etena sacca-vajjena\\
Sotthi me hotu sabbadā.
\end{hanging-indent}

\suttaRef{[Trad]}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Pubbabhāga - English

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/post/pubba-bhaga.tex

\section{Pubba-bhāga}
\label{pubba-bhaga}

%% \vspace{0.1em}

\begin{intro}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Namo tassa \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{intro}

Bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa \hfill{[3x]}

%% \smallskip

\begin{center}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Handa mayaṁ sacca-kiriyā-gāthāyo bhaṇāmase \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{center}

%% \vspace{-0.1cm}

\begin{hanging-indent}
N'atthi me saraṇaṁ aññaṁ\\
Buddho me saraṇaṁ varaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}
\begin{hanging-indent}
Etena sacca-vajjena\\
Sotthi me hotu sabbadā.
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
N'atthi me saraṇaṁ aññaṁ\\
Dhammo me saraṇaṁ varaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}
\begin{hanging-indent}
Etena sacca-vajjena\\
Sotthi me hotu sabbadā.
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
N'atthi me saraṇaṁ aññaṁ\\
Saṅgho me saraṇaṁ varaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}
\begin{hanging-indent}
Etena sacca-vajjena\\
Sotthi me hotu sabbadā.
\end{hanging-indent}

\suttaRef{[MJG]}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Sīl'uddesa-pāṭha

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/post/siluddesa.tex

\section{Sīl'uddesa-pāṭha}
\label{siluddesa-patha}

\begin{intro}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Handa mayaṁ sīl'uddesa-pāṭhaṁ bhaṇāmase \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{intro}

%% \medskip

\begin{hanging-indent}
Bhāsitam'idaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena:
\end{hanging-indent}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
``Sampanna-sīlā bhikkhave viharatha sampanna-pāṭimokkhā.
\end{hanging-indent-together}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Pāṭimokkha-saṁvara-saṁvutā viharatha ācāra-gocara-sampannā.
\end{hanging-indent-together}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Aṇumattesu vajjesu bhaya-dassāvī samādāya sikkhatha sikkhāpadesū'ti.
\end{hanging-indent-together}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Tasmā't'ih'amhehi sikkhitabbaṁ.
\end{hanging-indent-together}

\begin{hanging-indent}
``Sampanna-sīlā viharissāma sampanna-pāṭimokkhā.
\end{hanging-indent}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Pāṭimokkha-saṁvara-saṁvutā viharissāma ācāra-gocara-sampannā.
\end{hanging-indent-together}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Aṇumattesu vajjesu bhaya-dassāvī samādāya sikkhissāma sikkhāpadesū'ti.
\end{hanging-indent-together}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Evañ'hi no sikkhitabbaṁ.
\end{hanging-indent-together}

\suttaRef{[MN 6]}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Sīl'uddesa-pāṭha - Englsih

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/post/siluddesa.tex

\section{Sīl'uddesa-pāṭha}
\label{siluddesa-patha}

\begin{intro}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Handa mayaṁ sīl'uddesa-pāṭhaṁ bhaṇāmase \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{intro}

%% \medskip

\begin{hanging-indent}
Bhāsitam'idaṁ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena:
\end{hanging-indent}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
``Sampanna-sīlā bhikkhave viharatha sampanna-pāṭimokkhā.
\end{hanging-indent-together}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Pāṭimokkha-saṁvara-saṁvutā viharatha ācāra-gocara-sampannā.
\end{hanging-indent-together}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Aṇumattesu vajjesu bhaya-dassāvī samādāya sikkhatha sikkhāpadesū'ti.
\end{hanging-indent-together}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Tasmā't'ih'amhehi sikkhitabbaṁ.
\end{hanging-indent-together}

\begin{hanging-indent}
``Sampanna-sīlā viharissāma sampanna-pāṭimokkhā.
\end{hanging-indent}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Pāṭimokkha-saṁvara-saṁvutā viharissāma ācāra-gocara-sampannā.
\end{hanging-indent-together}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Aṇumattesu vajjesu bhaya-dassāvī samādāya sikkhissāma sikkhāpadesū'ti.
\end{hanging-indent-together}
\begin{hanging-indent-together}
Evañ'hi no sikkhitabbaṁ.
\end{hanging-indent-together}

\suttaRef{[MN 6]}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Tāyana-gatha

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/post/tayana-gatha.tex

\section{Tāyana-gāthā}
\label{tayana-gatha}

\begin{intro}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Handa mayaṁ tāyana-gāthāyo bhaṇāmase \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{intro}

%% \medskip

\begin{hanging-indent}
Chinda sotaṁ parakkamma\\
Kāme panūda brāhmaṇa
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Nappahāya muni kāme\\
N'ekattam'upapajjati
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Kayirā ce kayirāth'enaṁ\\
Daḷham'enaṁ parakkame
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Sithilo hi paribbājo\\
Bhiyyo ākirate rajaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Akataṁ dukkaṭaṁ seyyo\\
Pacchā tappati dukkaṭaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Katañ'ca sukataṁ seyyo\\
Yaṁ katvā n'ānutappati
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Kuso yathā duggahito\\
Hattham'ev'ānukantati
\end{hanging-indent}

\ifninebythirteenversion \clearpage \fi

\begin{hanging-indent}
Sāmaññaṁ dupparāmaṭṭhaṁ\\
Nirayāy'ūpakaḍḍhati
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Yaṅ'kiñci sithilaṁ kammaṁ\\
Saṅkiliṭṭhañ'ca yaṁ vataṁ
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Saṅkassaraṁ brahmacariyaṁ\\
Na taṁ hoti, mahapphalan'ti
\end{hanging-indent}

\suttaRef{[SN 2.8]}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Tāyana-gatha - English

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/post/tayana-gatha.tex

\section{Tāyana-gāthā}
\label{tayana-gatha}

\begin{intro}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Handa mayaṁ tāyana-gāthāyo bhaṇāmase \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{intro}

%% \medskip

\begin{hanging-indent}
Chinda sotaṁ parakkamma\\
Kāme panūda brāhmaṇa
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Nappahāya muni kāme\\
N'ekattam'upapajjati
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Kayirā ce kayirāth'enaṁ\\
Daḷham'enaṁ parakkame
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Sithilo hi paribbājo\\
Bhiyyo ākirate rajaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Akataṁ dukkaṭaṁ seyyo\\
Pacchā tappati dukkaṭaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Katañ'ca sukataṁ seyyo\\
Yaṁ katvā n'ānutappati
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Kuso yathā duggahito\\
Hattham'ev'ānukantati
\end{hanging-indent}

\ifninebythirteenversion \clearpage \fi

\begin{hanging-indent}
Sāmaññaṁ dupparāmaṭṭhaṁ\\
Nirayāy'ūpakaḍḍhati
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Yaṅ'kiñci sithilaṁ kammaṁ\\
Saṅkiliṭṭhañ'ca yaṁ vataṁ
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Saṅkassaraṁ brahmacariyaṁ\\
Na taṁ hoti, mahapphalan'ti
\end{hanging-indent}

\suttaRef{[SN 2.8]}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Ovāda-pāṭimokkha-gāthā

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/post/ovada-patimokkha.tex

\section{Ovāda-pāṭimokkha-gāthā}
\label{ovada-patimokkha-gatha}

\begin{intro}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Handa mayaṁ ovāda-pāṭimokkha gāthāyo bhaṇāmase \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{intro}

%% \medskip

\begin{hanging-indent}
Uddiṭṭhaṁ kho tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena
\end{hanging-indent}
Ovāda-pāṭimokkhaṁ tīhi gāthāhi
\begin{hanging-indent}
Khantī paramaṁ tapo tītikkhā\\
Nibbānaṁ paramaṁ vadanti buddhā
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Na hi pabbajito par'ūpaghātī\\
Samaṇo hoti paraṁ viheṭhayanto
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Sabba-pāpassa akaraṇaṁ\\
Kusalass'ūpasampadā
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Sacitta-pariyodapanaṁ\\
Etaṁ buddhāna'sāsanaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Anūpavādo anūpaghāto\\
Pāṭimokkhe ca saṁvaro
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṁ\\
Pantañ'ca sayan'āsanaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Adhicitte ca āyogo\\
Etaṁ buddhāna'sāsanan'ti
\end{hanging-indent}

\suttaRef{[Dhp 183-185]}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Ovāda-pāṭimokkha-gāthā - English

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/post/ovada-patimokkha.tex

\section{Ovāda-pāṭimokkha-gāthā}
\label{ovada-patimokkha-gatha}

\begin{intro}
	\anglebracketleft\ \hspace{-0.5mm}Handa mayaṁ ovāda-pāṭimokkha gāthāyo bhaṇāmase \hspace{-0.5mm}\anglebracketright\
\end{intro}

%% \medskip

\begin{hanging-indent}
Uddiṭṭhaṁ kho tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammā-sambuddhena
\end{hanging-indent}
Ovāda-pāṭimokkhaṁ tīhi gāthāhi
\begin{hanging-indent}
Khantī paramaṁ tapo tītikkhā\\
Nibbānaṁ paramaṁ vadanti buddhā
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Na hi pabbajito par'ūpaghātī\\
Samaṇo hoti paraṁ viheṭhayanto
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Sabba-pāpassa akaraṇaṁ\\
Kusalass'ūpasampadā
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Sacitta-pariyodapanaṁ\\
Etaṁ buddhāna'sāsanaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Anūpavādo anūpaghāto\\
Pāṭimokkhe ca saṁvaro
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṁ\\
Pantañ'ca sayan'āsanaṁ
\end{hanging-indent}

\begin{hanging-indent}
Adhicitte ca āyogo\\
Etaṁ buddhāna'sāsanan'ti
\end{hanging-indent}

\suttaRef{[Dhp 183-185]}

\clearpage

#+end_src

* Appendix
** Cover/Title

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/appendix.tex

\chapterOpeningPage{appendix-compressed.jpg}

\chapter{Appendix}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** In Brief
*** Saṅkhittapātimokkh'uddesa-niṭṭhāna

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/in-brief.tex

\section{Saṅkhittapātimokkh'uddesa-niṭṭhāna}
\label{sankhittapatimokkh'uddesa-nitthana}

\ifafiveversion\vspace{0.15cm}\fi
\ifninebythirteenversion\vspace{0.15cm}\fi

Uddiṭṭhaṁ kho āyasmanto nidānaṁ, uddiṭṭhā cattāro pārājikā dhammā, uddiṭṭhā terasa saṅghādisesā dhammā, uddiṭṭhā dve aniyatā dhammā. Sutā kho pan'āyasmantehi terasa saṅghādisesā dhammā, dve aniyatā dhammā, tiṁsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā, dvenavuti pācittiyā dhammā, cattāro pāṭidesanīyā dhammā, pañcasattati\makeatletter\hyperlink{endnote546-appendix}\Hy@raisedlink{\hypertarget{endnote546-body}{}{\pagenote{%
		\hypertarget{endnote546-appendix}{\hyperlink{endnote546-body}{In the introduction and conclusion to each of the sections the number of rules recited are mentioned. The only exception is the Sekhiya section, which in all editions of the Pātimokkha and the \textit{Suttavibhaṅga} does not give the number of rules in the section, i.e., there is no \textit{pañcasattati} (``seventy-five'') before \textit{sekhiyā dhammā} (``training rules''). The only exceptions are Mi Se, a Siamese manuscript (V), and the \textit{saṅkhittapātimokkhuddesa} (the recitation of the Pātimokkha in brief) that is given in a few printed editions and manuscripts and is also found in the Parivāra. As this would be the only section introduction where the number of rules are omitted, it could seem that the Thai tradition has preserved an older tradition, however, the reason for the omission might be different. When comparing the Pali Pātimokkha and the Prātimokṣasūtras of other major early traditions, it is clear that the divergence between them—both in the number of rules and in rules not found in other Prātimokṣasūtras—occurs in this section. In other sections the difference is only in the order of rules and in the wording. In contrast to the fixed content of the other sections of the Pātimokkha/ Prātimokṣasūta, the Sekhiya section would have been seen as an open-ended appendix section in which minor training rules related to ordinary etiquette could be added by different traditions and perhaps even major monastic centers. Nowadays too different monasteries have different sets of monastery rules. Thai forest monasteries are known especially for their refined rules regarding etiquette. In the Cullavagga, sekhiya rules are referred to as vatta or ``observances''; see Sekhiya section introduction. The other major early traditions also did not number their \textit{śaikṣa} sections: the Ma-L has \textit{sātirekapañcāśaccaikṣā} (PrMoMā-L 30, 34 ; cf. Kar I I 80, II 77: \textit{sātirekapaṃcāśa śaikṣakā}), ``more than fifty'' (it has 67 \textit{śaikṣa} rules), while the Mū and Sa Pm have \textit{saṃbahulāḥ śaikṣā} (PrMoSa 241, 255, Chandra 11), ``many training rules'' (Sa has 113 \textit{śaikṣa} rules, Mū has 108).}}}}}\makeatother
Vitthār'uddeso pañcamo.

\begin{outro}
	Bhikkhupātimokkhaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

*** The Pātimokkha Recitation in Brief Conclusion


#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/in-brief.tex

\section{The Pātimokkha Recitation in Brief Conclusion}
\label{patimokkha-in-brief-conclusion}

\ifafiveversion\vspace{0.15cm}\fi
\ifninebythirteenversion\vspace{0.15cm}\fi

Venerables, the introduction has been recited, the four cases involving disqualification have been recited, the thirteen cases [involving] the community in the beginning and in the rest have been recited, the two indefinite cases have been recited. Heard by the venerables have been the thirty cases involving expiation with forfeiture, the ninety-two cases involving expiation, the four cases that are to be acknowledged, the cases related to the training, the seven cases that are settlements of legal issues. This much [training-rule] of the Fortunate One has been handed down in the Sutta, has been included in the Sutta, comes up for recitation half-monthly. By all who are united, who are on friendly terms, who are not disputing, is to be trained herein.

\begin{outro}
	The Bhikkhu Disciplinary Code \ifninebythirteenversion\\\fi has been finished
\end{outro}

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Burmese Pubbakicca

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/burmese-pubbakicca.tex

Pubbakaraṇaṁ:\\
Sammajjanī padīpo ca, udakaṁ āsanena ca;\\
Uposathassa etāni, pubbakaraṇan-ti vuccati.\\

\smallskip

Pubbakiccaṁ:\\
Chandapārisuddhi, utu'kkhānaṁ, bhikkhugaṇanā ca ovādo;\\
Uposathassa etāni, pubbakiccan-ti vuccati.\\

\smallskip

Pattakalla-aṅgā:\\
Uposatho yāvatikā ca bhikkhū kammappattā; Sabhāg'āpattiyo ca na vijjanti;
Vajjanīyā ca puggalā tasmiṁ na honti, pattakallan-ti vuccati.
Pubbakaraṇapubbakiccāni samāpetvā desitāpattikassa samaggassa
bhikkhusaṅghassa anumatiyā pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ ārādhanaṁ
karoma.

\bigskip

The broom and the lamp, the water with the seat these are called: ``the preparation for the observance.''
The consent and purity, the telling of the season, the counting of the bhikkhus and the instruction (of the bhikkhunīs), these are called: ``the preliminary duty for the observance.''
The observance, whatever bhikkhus are entitled (to carry out the legal) act, common offences are not found, there are no persons to be excluded in there, this is called: ``reached suitability.''

\clearpage

#+end_src

** Sri Kaḷyāṇi Yogāshrama Saṁsṭhāva Pubbakicca

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/sri-kalyani-pubbakicca.tex

(Vinayapucchāsammuti:) Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammā sambuddhassa. (3x)

(Ñatti:) Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ itthan'nāmaṁ bhikkhuṁ (i.e., āyasmantaṁ...) vinayaṁ puccheyyaṁ.

(Vinayavissajjanasammuti:) Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.

(Ñatti:) Suṇātu me bhante saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ itthan-nāmena bhikkhunā [i.e., āyasmatā ...] vinayaṁ puṭṭho vissajjeyyaṁ.

(Pubbakaraṇa-pucchā-vissajjanā:) (Pucchako:) Sammajjanī padīpo ca, udakaṁ āsanena ca,  uposathassa etāni pubbakaraṇan'ti vuccati. Okāsa, sammajjanī: Sammajjanakaraṇaṁ kataṁ kiṁ?

(Vissajjako:) Sammajjanakaraṇaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

(Puc.:) Padīpo ca: padīpujjalanaṁ kataṁ kiṁ?

(Vis.:)Padīpujjalanaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ. [or:] Idāni pana suriy'ālokassa atthitāya
padīpakiccaṁ idha n'atthi.

(Puc.:)Udakaṁ āsanena ca: Āsanena saha pānīyaparibhojanīya-
udakaṭṭhapanaṁ kataṁ kiṁ?

(Vis.:) Āsanena saha pānīyaparibhojanīya-udakaṭṭhapanaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

(Puc.:) Uposathassa etāni pubbakaraṇan'ti vuccati kiṁ?

(Vis.:) Etāni cattāri vattāni sammajjanakaraṇādīni saṅghasannipātato
paṭhamaṁ kattabbattā, uposathassa uposathakammassa pubbakaraṇan-ti
vuccati. Pubbakaraṇānī'ti akkhātāni.

(Pubbakicca-pucchā-vissajjanā:)2

(Puc.:) Chandapārisuddhi utu'kkhānaṁ, bhikkhugaṇanā ca ovādo,
uposathassa etāni pubbakiccan-ti vuccati.
Chandapārisuddhi: Chandārahānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ chandapārisuddhi-
āharaṇaṁ kataṁ kiṁ?

(Vis.:) Chandapārisuddhi-āharaṇaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ. (or:) Idha n'atthi.

(Puc.:) Utu'kkhānaṁ: Hemantādīnaṁ tiṇṇaṁ utūnaṁ ettakaṁ
atikkantaṁ ettakaṁ avasiṭṭhan'ti. Evaṁ utu-ācikkhanaṁ kataṁ kiṁ?

(Vis.:) Utūn'īdha pana sāsane hemanta-gimha-vassānānaṁ vasena tīṇi
honti. Ayaṁ hemanta-/gimha-/vassāna-utu. Asmiṁ utumhi aṭṭha (dasa)
uposathā. Iminā pakkhena eko uposatho sampatto, ... uposatho/ā
atikkanto/ā, ... uposathā avasiṭṭho/ā.

(Puc.:)Bhikkhugaṇanā ca: Imasmiṁ uposath'agge sannipatitānaṁ
bhikkhūnaṁ gaṇanā, kittakā bhikkhū honti?

(Vis.:)Asmiṁ uposath'agge sannipatitānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ gaṇanā cattāro/
pañca ... bhikkhū honti.

(Puc.:) Ovādo: Bhikkhunīnaṁ ovādo dātabbo dinno kiṁ?

(Vis.:) Idāni pana tāsaṁ n'atthitāya, so ca ovādo idha n'atthi.

(Puc.:) Uposathassa etāni pubbakiccan'ti vuccati kiṁ?

(Vis.:) Etāni pañcakammāni chand'āharaṇādīni pātimokkhuddesato
paṭhamaṁ kattabbattā, uposathassa uposathakammassa pubbakiccan-ti
vuccati. Pubbakiccānī'ti akkhātāni.

(Pattakalla-pucchā-vissajjanā:)2

(Puc.:) Uposatho yāvatikā ca bhikkhū kammappattā sabhāg'āpattiyo ca na
vijjanti, vajjanīyā ca puggalā tasmiṁ na honti pattakallan-ti vuccati.
Uposatho: Tīsu uposathadivasesu cātuddasī paṇṇarasī, sāmaggīsu,
ajj'uposatho ko uposatho?

(Vis.:) Ajj'uposatho cātuddaso/paṇṇaraso.

(Puc.:) Yāvatikā ca bhikkhū kammappattā'ti kiṁ?

(Vis.:) Yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattā, yuttā, anurūpā,
sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena
anukkhittā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṁ avijahitvā ekasīmāyaṁ ṭhitā.

(Puc.:) Sabhāg'āpattiyo ca na vijjanti kiṁ?

(Vis.:) vikālabhojan'ādi- vatthu sabhāg'āpattiyo ca na vijjanti.

(Puc.:) Vajjanīyā ca puggalā tasmiṁ na honti kiṁ?

(Vis.:) Gahaṭṭha-paṇḍakādayo, ekavīsati vajjanīyā puggalā, hatthapāsato
bahikaraṇavasena vajjetabbā. Te asmiṁ na honti.

(Puc.:) Pattakallan-ti vuccati kiṁ?

(Vis.:) Saṅghassa uposathakammaṁ imehi catūhi lakkhaṇehi saṅgahitaṁ
pattakallan-ti vuccati: Pattakālavantan892–ti akkhātaṁ.

(Ārādhana:)
(Vis.:) Pubbakaraṇapubbakiccāni samāpetvā desitāpattikassa samaggassa
bhikkhusaṅghassa anumatiyā pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ ārādhanaṁ
karomi.

\clearpage

(The authorisation for asking about the Vinaya.)

[Q:] Homage to the Fortunate One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly
Awakened One. (3x)

(Announcement)
Venerable Sir, please let the Community listen to me! If it is suitable
to the community, (then) I would ask the such-named venerable
about the Discipline.

(The authorisation to answer with regards the Vinaya.)
[A:] Homage to the Fortunate One, the Worthy One, the perfectly
Awakened One. (3x)

(Announcement)
Venerable Sir, please let the Community listen to me! If it is suitable
to the community (then) I would answer having been asked about the
(The questioning and answering with regards the preparations.)

[Q:] ``The broom and the lamp, the water with the seat these are
called ``the preparation for the observance.''
Permit [me to ask]! The broom. Has the action of sweeping been done?

[A:] The action of sweeping is finished.

	[Q:] And the lamp. Has the lighting of the lamp been done?

[A:] The lighting of the lamp is finished. (Or:) There is no lamp-duty
because of the state of there being sunlight now.

	[Q:] The water with the seat. Has the setting up of the drinking- and
washing-water been done?

[A:] The placing of the drinking- and washing-water together with the
seat is finished.

	[Q:] Are these called ``the preparation for the observance''?

[A:] These four protocols, the action of sweeping, etc., due to the
having to be done first before the gathering of the Community are
called ``the preparation for the [legal] act of Uposatha on the Uposatha.''

The ``preparations'' have been announced.
(The questioning and anwering with regards the preliminary duties.)

[Q:] The consent and purity, the telling of the season, the counting of
the bhikkhus and the instruction (of the bhikkhunīs), these are called:
``the preliminary duty for the observance.''

[Q:] The consent and purity. Has the bringing of consent [and] purity
of bhikkhus who are deserving of [giving] consent been done?

[A:] The bringing of consent [and] purity of bhikkhus who are
deserving of [giving] consent is finished. (Or:) [There] is no [bringing
		of consent and purity] here.

	[Q:] The telling of the season. ``Of the three seasons, the winter, etc.,
this number [of Uposathas] have passed, this number [of Uposathas]
are left,'' has the telling of the season been done thus?

[A:] In this dispensation there are three seasons, [namely] the winter,
the summer, and the rains.
This is the winter-/summer-/rainy-season, and in this season there are
eight (ten) Uposathas. With this fortnight (one) Uposatha has arrived,
one/two/ ... Uposatha(s) is/have past, one/two/... Uposatha(s) is/are
left.

	[Q:] The counting of the bhikkhus. The counting of the bhikkhus
who have gathered in this Uposatha-hall is the counting of the

	[Q:] The instruction. The instruction to be given to the bhikkhunīs:
has it been given?

[A:] Because of their non-existence now, there is no instruction here.

	[Q:] Are these called ``the preparation for the observance''?

[A:] These four protocols, the bringing of consent, etc., due to the
having to be done first before the gathering of the Community are
called ``the preliminary duty for the [legal] act of Uposatha on the
Uposatha.''

The ``preliminary duties'' have been announced.
(The questioning and answering about the reached suitability.)

[Q:] The observance, whatever bhikkhus are entitled (to carry out the
legal) act, common offences are not found, there are no persons to be
excluded in there, this is called: ``reached suitability`.''

[Q:] The Uposatha. With regards the fourteenth [-day Uposathas], the
fifteenth [-day Uposathas], or the Unity [-Uposathas], the Uposatha
today is which Uposatha?

[A:] Today is the fourteenth/fifteenth day Uposatha.

	[Q:] What is ``Whatever bhikkhus are entitled (to carry out the legal)
act''?

[A:] However many bhikkhus who are entitled to that Uposatha-act,
who are fit, are suited, with the minimum amount (of bhikkhus), four
bhikkhus who are regular, not suspended by the community, and
they, not having left arms-length, remain in the same boundary.

	[Q:] Are common offences not found?

[A:] Common offences, founded on eating at the wrong time and so
on, are not found.

	[Q:] Are there in that [arms-length] no persons fit to be excluded

	[A:] Householders, eunuchs, etc., the twenty-one persons fit to be
excluded, who are is to be excluded by making [them go] outside from
the arms-length, they are not in that [arms-length.]

	[Q:] What is said to ``have reached suitability''?

[A:] The [legal] act of Uposatha endowed with these four
characteristics is called ``[one that] has reached suitability.'' ``[It] has
reached the time'' is said.
(Invitation)

[A:] ``Having concluded the preparations and preliminary duties I
make the invitation to recite the Disciplinary Code with the approval

#+end_src
* Copyright Details

#+begin_src latex :tangle ./tex/copyright-details.tex

\clearpage
\thispagestyle{plain}

{%

  \ifafiveversion\fontsize{11}{17}\selectfont\fi%
  \ifninebythirteenversion\fontsize{8}{11}\selectfont\fi%

  \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
  \raggedright\label{copyright-details}%
  \ifafiveversion\setlength{\parskip}{4.5pt}\fi%
  \ifninebythirteenversion\setlength{\parskip}{2.5pt}\fi%

  {\centering

    \ifafiveversion{\fontsize{25}{18}\selectfont \ccbyncnd}\fi
    \ifninebythirteenversion{\fontsize{18}{10}\selectfont \ccbyncnd}\fi

    \vspace{0.5cm}

    This work is licensed under a Creative Commons\\
    Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International~License.\\
    \href{https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/}{https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/}

    \vspace{0.4cm}

  }

  You are free to:

  \begin{packeditemize}
    \item \textbf{Share} — copy and redistribute the material in any medium or format.
  \end{packeditemize}

  The licensor cannot revoke these freedoms as long as you follow the license terms listed below:

  \begin{packeditemize}
    \item \textbf{Attribution} — You must give appropriate credit, provide a link to the license, and indicate if changes were made. You may do so in any reasonable manner, but not in any way that suggests the licensor endorses you or your use.
    \item \textbf{NonCommercial} — You may not use the material for commercial purposes.
    \item \textbf{NoDerivatives} — If you remix, transform, or build upon the material, you may not distribute the modified material.
  \end{packeditemize}

    \vspace{0.5cm}

  No additional restrictions — You may not apply legal terms or technological measures that legally restrict others from doing anything the license permits.

  You do not have to comply with the license for elements of the material in the public domain or where your use is permitted by an applicable exception or limitation.

  No warranties are given. The license may not give you all of the permissions necessary for your intended use. For example, other rights such as publicity, privacy, or moral rights may limit how you use the material.

}

#+end_src